MFRC53101T/0FE,112 [NXP]

MFRC531 - Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution SOP 32-Pin;
MFRC53101T/0FE,112
型号: MFRC53101T/0FE,112
厂家: NXP    NXP
描述:

MFRC531 - Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution SOP 32-Pin

电信 光电二极管 电信集成电路
文件: 总117页 (文件大小:739K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
MFRC531  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
1. Introduction  
This data sheet describes the functionality of the MFRC531 Integrated Circuit (IC). It  
includes the functional and electrical specifications and from a system and hardware  
viewpoint gives detailed information on how to design-in the device.  
Remark: The MFRC531 supports all variants of the MIFARE Mini, MIFARE 1K,  
MIFARE 4K, MIFARE Ultralight, MIFARE DESFire EV1 and MIFARE Plus RF  
identification protocols. To aid readability throughout this data sheet, the MIFARE Mini,  
MIFARE 1K, MIFARE 4K, MIFARE Ultralight, MIFARE DESFire EV1 and MIFARE Plus  
products and protocols have the generic name MIFARE.  
2. General description  
The MFRC531 is a highly integrated reader IC for contactless communication at  
13.56 MHz. The MFRC531 reader IC provides:  
outstanding modulation and demodulation for passive contactless communication  
a wide range of methods and protocols  
a small, fully integrated package  
pin compatibility with the MFRC500, MFRC530 and SLRC400  
All protocol layers of the ISO/IEC 14443 A and ISO/IEC 14443 B communication  
standards are supported provided:  
additional components, such as the oscillator, power supply, coil etc. are correctly  
applied.  
standardized protocols, such as ISO/IEC 14443-4 and/or ISO/IEC 14443 B  
anticollision are correctly implemented  
The MFRC531 supports contactless communication using MIFARE higher baud rates  
(see Section 9.12 on page 38). The receiver module provides a robust and efficient  
demodulation/decoding circuitry implementation for compatible transponder signals (see  
Section 9.10 on page 32).  
The digital module, manages the complete ISO/IEC 14443 standard framing and error  
detection (parity and CRC). In addition, it supports the fast MIFARE security algorithm for  
authenticating the MIFARE products (see Section 9.14 on page 40).  
The internal transmitter module (Section 9.9 on page 29) can directly drive an antenna  
designed for a proximity operating distance up to 100 mm without any additional active  
circuitry.  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
A parallel interface can be directly connected to any 8-bit microprocessor to ensure  
reader/terminal design flexibility. In addition, Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) compatibility  
is supported (see Section 9.1.4 on page 9).  
3. Features and benefits  
3.1 General  
Highly integrated analog circuitry for demodulating and decoding card/label response  
Buffered output drivers enable antenna connection using the minimum of external  
components  
Proximity operating distance up to 100 mm  
Supports both ISO/IEC 14443 A and ISO/IEC 14443 B standards  
Supports the MIFARE Mini, MIFARE 1K, MIFARE 4K protocols  
Contactless communication at MIFARE higher baud rates (up to 424 kBd)  
Crypto1 and secure non-volatile internal key memory  
Pin-compatible with the MFRC500, MFRC530 and the SLRC400  
Parallel microprocessor interface with internal address latch and IRQ line  
SPI compatibility  
Flexible interrupt handling  
Automatic detection of parallel microprocessor interface type  
64-byte send and receive FIFO buffer  
Hard reset with low power function  
Software controlled Power-down mode  
Programmable timer  
Unique serial number  
User programmable start-up configuration  
Bit-oriented and byte oriented framing  
Independent power supply pins for analog, digital and transmitter modules  
Internal oscillator buffer optimized for low phase jitter enables 13.56 MHz quartz  
connection  
Clock frequency filtering  
3.3 V to 5 V operation for transmitter in short range and proximity applications  
3.3 V or 5 V operation for the digital module  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
2 of 117  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
4. Applications  
Electronic payment systems  
Identification systems  
Access control systems  
Subscriber services  
Banking systems  
Digital content systems  
5. Quick reference data  
Table 1.  
Symbol  
Tamb  
Quick reference data  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
40  
40  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
1.0  
-
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
C  
C  
V
ambient temperature  
storage temperature  
digital supply voltage  
analog supply voltage  
TVDD supply voltage  
-
+150  
Tstg  
-
+150  
VDDD  
5
5
5
-
6
VDDA  
6
V
VDD(TVDD)  
Vi  
6
V
input voltage (absolute  
value)  
on any digital pin to DVSS  
on pin RX to AVSS  
VDDD + 0.5  
VDDA + 0.5  
1.0  
V
-
V
ILI  
input leakage current  
TVDD supply current  
-
mA  
mA  
IDD(TVDD)  
continuous wave  
-
150  
6. Ordering information  
Table 2.  
Ordering information  
Type number  
Package  
Name  
Description  
Version  
SOT287-1  
MFRC53101T/0FE SO32  
plastic small outline package; 32 leads; body width 7.5 mm  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
3 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
7. Block diagram  
NWR NRD NCS  
ALE  
21  
A0 A1 A2  
22 23 24  
AD0 to AD7/D0 to D7  
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20  
10  
11  
9
VOLTAGE  
MONITOR  
AND  
POWER ON  
DETECT  
25  
12  
PARALLEL INTERFACE CONTROL  
(INCLUDING AUTOMATIC INTERFACE DETECTION AND SYNCHRONISATION)  
DVDD  
DVSS  
STATE MACHINE  
FIFO CONTROL  
64-BYTE FIFO  
COMMAND REGISTER  
RESET  
CONTROL  
PROGRAMMABLE TIMER  
INTERRUPT CONTROL  
POWER DOWN 31  
CONTROL  
CONTROL REGISTER  
BANK  
RSTPD  
IRQ  
2
CRC16/CRC8  
GENERATION AND CHECK  
EEPROM  
ACCESS  
32 × 16-BYTE  
EEPROM  
CONTROL  
PARALLEL/SERIAL CONVERTER  
BIT COUNTER  
MASTER KEY BUFFER  
CYRPTO1 UNIT  
PARITY GENERATION AND CHECK  
FRAME GENERATION AND CHECK  
BIT DECODING  
BIT ENCODING  
32-BIT PSEUDO  
RANDOM GENERATOR  
3
4
MFIN  
SERIAL DATA SWITCH  
MFOUT  
LEVEL SHIFTERS  
1
CLOCK  
AMPLITUDE  
RATING  
OSCIN  
CORRELATION  
AND  
BIT DECODING  
GENERATION,  
FILTERING AND  
DISTRIBUTION  
OSCILLATOR  
32  
REFERENCE  
VOLTAGE  
OSCOUT  
26  
AVDD  
AVSS  
Q-CLOCK  
GENERATION  
POWER ON  
DETECT  
28  
I-CHANNEL  
Q-CHANNEL  
ANALOG  
TEST  
MULTIPLEXER  
AMPLIFIER  
AMPLIFIER  
I-CHANNEL  
Q-CHANNEL  
TRANSMITTER CONTROL  
DEMODULATOR  
DEMODULATOR  
GND  
V
MFRC531  
GND  
8
V
30  
27  
29  
RX  
5
7
6
VMID  
AUX  
TVSS  
TX1  
TX2  
TVDD  
001aal218  
Fig 1. MFRC531 block diagram  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
4 of 117  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
8. Pinning information  
1
2
32  
31  
30  
29  
28  
27  
26  
25  
24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
OSCIN  
IRQ  
OSCOUT  
RSTPD  
VMID  
3
MFIN  
4
MFOUT  
TX1  
RX  
5
AVSS  
6
TVDD  
AUX  
7
TX2  
AVDD  
8
TVSS  
DVDD  
MFRC531  
9
NCS  
A2/SCK  
A1  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
NWR/R/NW/nWrite  
NRD/NDS/nDStrb  
DVSS  
A0/nWait/MOSI  
ALE/AS/nAStrb/NSS  
D7/AD7  
D6/AD6  
D5/AD5  
D4/AD4  
AD0/D0  
AD1/D1  
AD2/D2  
AD3/D3  
001aal219  
Fig 2. MFRC531 pin configuration  
8.1 Pin description  
Table 3.  
Pin description  
Pin  
Symbol  
Type[1]  
Description  
1
OSCIN  
I
oscillator/clock inputs:  
crystal oscillator input to the oscillator’s inverting amplifier  
externally generated clock input; fosc = 13.56 MHz  
2
IRQ  
O
I
interrupt request generates an output signaling an interrupt event  
ISO/IEC 14443 A MIFARE serial data interface input  
ISO/IEC 14443 A MIFARE serial data interface output  
transmitter 1 modulated carrier output; 13.56 MHz  
3
4[2]  
MFIN  
MFOUT  
TX1  
O
O
P
O
G
I
5
6
TVDD  
TX2  
transmitter power supply for the TX1 and TX2 output stages  
transmitter 2 modulated carrier output; 13.56 MHz  
7
8
TVSS  
NCS  
transmitter ground for the TX1 and TX2 output stages  
not chip select input: selects and activates the microprocessor interface  
9
10[3]  
NWR  
I
not write input: generates the strobe signal for writing data to the registers when  
applied to pins D0 to D7  
R/NW  
nWrite  
NRD  
I
I
I
read not write input: switches between read or write cycles  
not write input: selects the read or write cycle to be performed  
11[3]  
not read input: generates the strobe signal for reading data from the registers  
when applied to pins D0 to D7  
NDS  
I
not data strobe input: generates the strobe signal for the read and write cycles  
not data strobe input: generates the strobe signal for the read and write cycles  
digital ground  
nDStrb  
DVSS  
I
12  
G
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
5 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 3.  
Pin  
Pin description …continued  
Symbol  
Type[1]  
Description  
13  
D0  
O
SPI master in, slave out output  
13 to 20[3] D0 to D7  
AD0 to AD7  
ALE  
I/O  
8-bit bidirectional data bus input/output on pins D0 to D7  
8-bit bidirectional address and data bus input/output on pins AD0 to AD7  
address latch enable input for pins AD0 to AD5; HIGH latches the internal address  
address strobe input for pins AD0 to AD5; HIGH latches the internal address  
not address strobe input for pins AD0 to AD5; LOW latches the internal address  
not slave select strobe input for SPI communication  
address line 0 is the address register bit 0 input  
not wait output:  
I/O  
21[3]  
I
AS  
I
nAStrb  
NSS  
A0  
I
I
22[3]  
I
nWait  
O
LOW starts an access cycle  
HIGH ends an access cycle  
MOSI  
A1  
I
SPI master out, slave in  
23  
24[3]  
I
address line 1 is the address register bit 1 input  
address line 2 is the address register bit 2 input  
SPI serial clock input  
A2  
I
SCK  
DVDD  
AVDD  
AUX  
I
25  
26  
27  
P
P
O
digital power supply  
analog power supply for pins OSCIN, OSCOUT, RX, VMID and AUX  
auxiliary output is used to generate analog test signals. The output signal is  
selected using the TestAnaSelect register’s TestAnaOutSel[4:0] bits  
28  
29  
AVSS  
RX  
G
I
analog ground  
receiver input: used as the card response input. The carrier is load modulated at  
13.56 MHz, drawn from the antenna circuit  
30  
31  
VMID  
P
I
internal reference voltage pin provides the internal reference voltage as a supply  
Remark: It must be connected to a 100 nF block capacitor connected between pin  
VMID and ground  
RSTPD  
reset and power-down input:  
HIGH: the internal current sinks are switched off, the oscillator is inhibited and  
the input pads are disconnected  
LOW (negative edge): start internal reset phase  
32  
OSCOUT  
O
crystal oscillator output for the oscillator’s inverting amplifier  
[1] Pin types: I = Input, O = Output, I/O = Input/Output, P = Power and G = Ground.  
[2] The SLRC400 uses pin name SIGOUT for pin MFOUT. The MFRC531 functionality includes test functions for the SLRC400 using pin  
MFOUT.  
[3] These pins provide different functionality depending on the selected microprocessor interface type (see Section 9.1 on page 7 for  
detailed information).  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
6 of 117  
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9. Functional description  
9.1 Digital interface  
9.1.1 Overview of supported microprocessor interfaces  
The MFRC531 supports direct interfacing to various 8-bit microprocessors. Alternatively,  
the MFRC531 can be connected to a PC’s Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP). Table 4 shows  
the parallel interface signals supported by the MFRC531.  
Table 4.  
Supported microprocessor and EPP interface signals  
Bus control signals  
Bus  
Separated address  
and data bus  
Multiplexed address and data bus  
Separated read and  
write strobes  
control  
NRD, NWR, NCS  
NRD, NWR, NCS, ALE  
AD0, AD1, AD2, AD3, AD4, AD5  
AD0 to AD7  
address A0, A1, A2  
data  
D0 to D7  
Common read and write control  
strobe  
R/NW, NDS, NCS  
R/NW, NDS, NCS, AS  
AD0, AD1, AD2, AD3, AD4, AD5  
AD0 to AD7  
address A0, A1, A2  
data  
D0 to D7  
Common read and write control  
strobe with handshake  
-
-
-
nWrite, nDStrb, nAStrb, nWait  
AD0, AD1, AD2, AD3, AD4, AD5  
AD0 to AD7  
(EPP)  
address  
data  
9.1.2 Automatic microprocessor interface detection  
After a Power-On or Hard reset, the MFRC531 resets parallel microprocessor interface  
mode and detects the microprocessor interface type.  
The MFRC531 identifies the microprocessor interface using the logic levels on the control  
pins. This is performed using a combination of fixed pin connections and the dedicated  
Initialization routine (see Section 9.7.4 on page 28).  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
7 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.1.3 Connection to different microprocessor types  
The connection to various microprocessor types is shown in Table 5.  
Table 5.  
Connection scheme for detecting the parallel interface type  
Parallel interface type and signals  
MFRC531  
pins  
Separated read/write strobe Common read/write strobe  
Dedicated  
Multiplexed Dedicated  
Multiplexed Multiplexed  
address bus  
address  
bus  
address bus address bus address bus with  
handshake  
ALE  
A2  
HIGH  
A2  
ALE  
HIGH  
A2  
AS  
nAStrb  
HIGH  
LOW  
HIGH  
HIGH  
NRD  
NWR  
NCS  
LOW  
A1  
A1  
A1  
HIGH  
LOW  
HIGH  
A0  
A0  
A0  
nWait  
NRD  
NWR  
NCS  
D7 to D0  
NRD  
NWR  
NCS  
D7 to D0  
NDS  
R/NW  
NCS  
NDS  
nDStrb  
nWrite  
LOW  
R/NW  
NCS  
AD7 to AD0 D7 to D0  
AD7 to AD0  
AD7 to AD0  
9.1.3.1 Separate read and write strobe  
MFRC531  
NCS  
MFRC531  
NCS  
address bus (A3 to An)  
non-multiplexed address  
ADDRESS  
DECODER  
ADDRESS  
DECODER  
LOW  
HIGH  
HIGH  
A2  
A1  
A0  
address bus (A0 to A2)  
data bus (D0 to D7)  
A0 to A2  
D0 to D7  
multiplexed address/data (AD0 to AD7)  
AD0 to AD7  
HIGH  
address latch enable (ALE)  
Read strobe (NRD)  
ALE  
ALE  
Read strobe (NRD)  
Write strobe (NWR)  
NRD  
NWR  
NRD  
NWR  
Write strobe (NWR)  
001aal220  
Fig 3. Connection to microprocessor: separate read and write strobes  
Refer to Section 13.4.1 on page 93 for timing specification.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
8 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.1.3.2 Common read and write strobe  
MFRC531  
NCS  
MFRC531  
NCS  
address bus (A3 to An)  
non-multiplexed address  
ADDRESS  
DECODER  
ADDRESS  
DECODER  
LOW  
HIGH  
LOW  
A2  
A1  
A0  
address bus (A0 to A2)  
data bus (D0 to D7)  
A0 to A2  
D0 to D7  
multiplexed address/data (AD0 to AD7)  
AD0 to AD7  
HIGH  
Address strobe (AS)  
Data strobe (NDS)  
Read/Write (R/NW)  
ALE  
ALE  
Data strobe (NDS)  
Read/Write (R/NW)  
NRD  
NWR  
NRD  
NWR  
001aal221  
Fig 4. Connection to microprocessor: common read and write strobes  
Refer to Section 13.4.2 on page 94 for timing specification.  
9.1.3.3 Common read and write strobe: EPP with handshake  
MFRC531  
NCS  
LOW  
HIGH  
A2  
A1  
A0  
HIGH  
nWait  
multiplexed address/data (AD1 to AD8)  
AD0 to AD7  
Address strobe (nAStrb)  
Data strobe (nDStrb)  
Read/Write (nWrite)  
ALE  
NRD  
NWR  
001aal222  
Fig 5. Connection to microprocessor: EPP common read/write strobes and handshake  
Refer to Section 13.4.3 on page 95 for timing specification.  
Remark: In the EPP standard, a chip select signal is not defined. To cover this situation,  
the status of the NCS pin can be used to inhibit the nDStrb signal. If this inhibitor is not  
used, it is mandatory that pin NCS is connected to pin DVSS.  
Remark: After each Power-On or Hard reset, the nWait signal on pin A0 is  
high-impedance. nWait is defined as the first negative edge applied to the nAStrb pin after  
the reset phase. The MFRC531 does not support the Read Address Cycle.  
9.1.4 Serial Peripheral Interface  
The MFRC531 provides compatibility with the 5-wire Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI)  
standard and acts as a slave during SPI communication. The SPI clock signal SCK must  
be generated by the master. Data communication from the master to the slave uses the  
MOSI line. The MISO line sends data from the MFRC531 to the master.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
9 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 6.  
SPI compatibility  
MFRC531 pins  
SPI pins  
NSS  
ALE  
A2  
SCK  
A1  
LOW  
A0  
MOSI  
NRD  
NWR  
NCS  
D7 to D1  
D0  
HIGH  
HIGH  
LOW  
do not connect  
MISO  
Figure 6 shows the microprocessor connection to the MFRC531 using SPI.  
MFRC531  
LOW  
NCS  
SCK  
LOW  
A2  
A1  
MOSI  
A0  
MISO  
D0  
NSS  
ALE  
001aal223  
Fig 6. Connection to microprocessor: SPI  
Remark: The SPI implementation for MFRC531 conforms to the SPI standard and  
ensures that the MFRC531 can only be addressed as a slave.  
9.1.4.1 SPI read data  
The structure shown in Table 7 must be used to read data using SPI. It is possible to read  
up to n-data bytes. The first byte sent defines both, the mode and the address.  
Table 7.  
Pin  
SPI read data  
Byte 0  
Byte 1  
address 1 address 2 ... address n  
data 0 data 1 ... data n 1  
Byte 2  
... Byte n  
Byte n + 1  
00  
MOSI  
MISO  
address 0  
XX  
data n  
The address byte must meet the following criteria:  
the Most Significant Bit (MSB) of the first byte sets the mode. To read data from the  
MFRC531 the MSB is set to logic 1  
bits [6:1] define the address  
the Least Significant Bit (LSB) should be set to logic 0.  
As shown in Table 8, all the bits of the last byte sent are set to logic 0.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
10 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 8.  
SPI read address  
Address  
(MOSI)  
Bit 7  
(MSB)  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
(LSB)  
byte 0  
1
address address address address address address reserved  
byte 1 to byte n reserved address address address address address address reserved  
byte n + 1  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
[1] All reserved bits must be set to logic 0.  
9.1.4.2 SPI write data  
The structure shown in Table 9 must be used to write data using SPI. It is possible to write  
up to n-data bytes. The first byte sent defines both the mode and the address.  
Table 9.  
SPI write data  
Byte 0  
Byte 1  
data 0  
XX  
Byte 2  
data 1  
XX  
...  
...  
...  
Byte n  
data n 1  
XX  
Byte n + 1  
data n  
XX  
MOSI  
MISO  
address  
XX  
The address byte must meet the following criteria:  
the MSB of the first byte sets the mode. To write data to the MFRC531, the MSB is set  
to logic 0  
bits [6:1] define the address  
the LSB should be set to logic 0.  
SPI write mode writes all data to the address defined in byte 0 enabling effective write  
cycles to the FIFO buffer.  
Table 10. SPI write address  
Address line  
(MOSI)  
Bit 7  
(MSB)  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
(LSB)  
byte 0  
0
address address address address address address reserved  
data data data data data data data  
byte 1 to byte  
n + 1  
data  
[1] All reserved bits must be set to logic 0.  
Remark: The data bus pins D7 to D1 must be disconnected.  
Refer to Section 13.4.4 on page 97 for the timing specification.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
11 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.2 Memory organization of the EEPROM  
Table 11. EEPROM memory organization diagram  
Block  
Byte address Access Memory content Refer to  
Position Address  
0
0
00h to 0Fh  
R
product  
information field  
Section 9.2.1 on page 13  
Section 9.2.2.1 on page 14  
1
1
10h to 1Fh  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
W
StartUp register  
initialization file  
2
2
20h to 2Fh  
3
3
30h to 3Fh  
register  
initialization file  
Section 9.2.2.3 “Register  
initialization file  
(read/write)” on page 16  
4
4
40h to 4Fh  
user data or  
second  
initialization  
5
5
50h to 5Fh  
6
6
60h to 6Fh  
7
7
70h to 7Fh  
8
8
80h to 8Fh  
keys for Crypto1  
Section 9.2.3 on page 16  
9
9
90h to 9Fh  
W
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
A
A0h to AFh  
B0h to BFh  
C0h to CFh  
D0h to DFh  
E0h to EFh  
F0h to FFh  
W
B
W
C
W
D
W
E
W
F
W
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
1A  
1B  
1C  
1D  
1E  
1F  
100h to 10Fh  
110h to 11Fh  
120h to 12Fh  
130h to 13Fh  
140h to 14Fh  
150h to 15Fh  
160h to 16Fh  
170h to 17Fh  
180h to 18Fh  
190h to 19Fh  
1A0h to 1AFh  
1B0h to 1BFh  
1C0h to 1CFh  
1D0h to 1DFh  
1E0h to 1EFh  
1F0h to 1FFh  
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
12 of 117  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.2.1 Product information field (read only)  
Table 12. Product information field  
Byte  
Symbol  
Access Value Description  
15  
CRC  
R
-
the content of the product information field  
is secured using a CRC byte which is  
checked during start-up  
14  
RsMaxP  
R
-
maximum source resistance for the  
p-channel driver transistor on pins TX1 and  
TX2  
The source resistance of the p-channel  
driver transistors of pin TX1 and TX2 can be  
adjusted using the value GsCfgCW[5:0] in  
the CwConductance register (see  
Section 9.9.3 on page 30). The mean value  
of the maximum adjustable source  
resistance for pins TX1 and TX2 is stored  
as an integer value in in this byte. Typical  
values for RsMaxP are between 60 to  
140 . This value is denoted as maximum  
adjustable source resistance RS(ref)maxP and  
is measured by setting the CwConductance  
register’s GsCfgCW[5:0] bits to 01h.  
13 to 12 Internal  
R
R
-
-
two bytes for internal trimming parameters  
11 to 8 Product Serial Number  
a unique four byte serial number for the  
device  
7 to 5  
4 to 0  
reserved  
R
R
-
-
Product Type  
Identification  
the MFRC531 is a member of a new family  
of highly integrated reader ICs. Each  
member of the product family has a unique  
product type identification. The value of the  
product type identification is shown in  
Table 13.  
Table 13. Product type identification definition  
Definition  
Byte  
Product type identification bytes  
0
1
2
3
4[1]  
Value  
30h  
FFh  
FFh  
0Fh  
XXh  
[1] Byte 4 contains the current version number.  
9.2.2 Register initialization files (read/write)  
Register initialization from address 10h to address 2Fh is performed automatically during  
the initializing phase (see Section 9.7.3 on page 28) using the StartUp register  
initialization file.  
In addition, the MFRC531 registers can be initialized using values from the register  
initialization file when the LoadConfig command is executed (see Section 11.4.1 on  
page 86).  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
13 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Remark: The following points apply to initialization:  
the Page register (addressed using 10h, 18h, 20h, 28h) is skipped and not initialized.  
make sure that all PreSetxx registers are not changed.  
make sure that all register bits that are reserved are set to logic 0.  
9.2.2.1 StartUp register initialization file (read/write)  
The EEPROM memory block address 1 and 2 contents are used to automatically set the  
register subaddresses 10h to 2Fh during the initialization phase. The default values stored  
in the EEPROM during production are shown in Section 9.2.2.2 “Factory default StartUp  
register initialization file”.  
The byte assignment is shown in Table 14.  
Table 14. Byte assignment for register initialization at start-up  
EEPROM byte address  
Register address  
Remark  
skipped  
copied  
10h (block 1, byte 0)  
10h  
11h  
11h  
2Fh (block 2, byte 15)  
2Fh  
copied  
9.2.2.2 Factory default StartUp register initialization file  
During the production tests, the StartUp register initialization file is initialized using the  
default values shown in Table 15. During each power-up and initialization phase, these  
values are written to the MFRC531’s registers.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
14 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 15. Shipment content of StartUp configuration file  
EEPROM Register Value Symbol  
Description  
byte  
address  
address  
10h  
11h  
10h  
11h  
00h  
58h  
Page  
free for user  
TxControl  
transmitter pins TX1 and TX2 are switched off, bridge driver  
configuration, modulator driven from internal digital circuitry  
12h  
13h  
14h  
15h  
16h  
17h  
18h  
19h  
1Ah  
1Bh  
1Ch  
1Dh  
1Eh  
12h  
13h  
14h  
15h  
16h  
17h  
18h  
19h  
1Ah  
1Bh  
1Ch  
1Dh  
1Eh  
3Fh  
3Fh  
19h  
13h  
3Fh  
3Bh  
00h  
73h  
08h  
ADh  
FFh  
1Eh  
41h  
CwConductance  
ModConductance  
CoderControl  
ModWidth  
source resistance of TX1 and TX2 is set to minimum  
defines the output conductance  
ISO/IEC 14443 A coding is set  
pulse width for Miller pulse coding is set to standard configuration  
pulse width of Start Of Frame (SOF)  
ModWidthSOF  
TypeFraming  
Page  
ISO/IEC 14443 A framing is set  
free for user  
RxControl1  
ISO/IEC 14443 A is set and internal amplifier gain is maximum  
bit-collisions always evaluate to HIGH in the data bit stream  
BitPhase[7:0] is set to standard configuration  
MinLevel[3:0] and CollLevel[3:0] are set to maximum  
ISO/IEC 14443 A is set  
DecoderControl  
BitPhase  
RxThreshold  
BPSKDemControl  
RxControl2  
use Q-clock for the receiver, automatic receiver off is switched on,  
decoder is driven from internal analog circuitry  
1Fh  
20h  
21h  
22h  
23h  
24h  
25h  
26h  
27h  
28h  
29h  
1Fh  
20h  
21h  
22h  
23h  
24h  
25h  
26h  
27h  
28h  
29h  
00h  
00h  
06h  
03h  
63h  
63h  
00h  
00h  
00h  
00h  
08h  
ClockQControl  
Page  
automatic Q-clock calibration is switched on  
free for user  
RxWait  
frame guard time is set to six bit-clocks  
ChannelRedundancy channel redundancy is set using ISO/IEC 14443 A  
CRCPresetLSB  
CRCPresetMSB  
PreSet25  
CRC preset value is set using ISO/IEC 14443 A  
CRC preset value is set using ISO/IEC 14443 A  
MFOUTSelect  
PreSet27  
pin MFOUT is set LOW  
-
Page  
free for user  
FIFOLevel  
WaterLevel[5:0] FIFO buffer warning level is set to standard  
configuration  
2Ah  
2Bh  
2Ch  
2Ah  
2Bh  
2Ch  
07h  
06h  
0Ah  
TimerClock  
TimerControl  
TimerReload  
TPreScaler[4:0] is set to standard configuration, timer unit restart  
function is switched off  
Timer is started at the end of transmission, stopped at the beginning  
of reception  
TReloadValue[7:0]: the timer unit preset value is set to standard  
configuration  
2Dh  
2Eh  
2Fh  
2Dh  
2Eh  
2Fh  
02h  
00h  
00h  
IRQPinConfig  
PreSet2E  
pin IRQ is set to high-impedance  
-
-
PreSet2F  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
15 of 117  
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.2.2.3 Register initialization file (read/write)  
The EEPROM memory content from block address 3 to 7 can initialize register sub  
addresses 10h to 2Fh when the LoadConfig command is executed (see Section 11.4.1 on  
page 86). This command requires the EEPROM starting byte address as a two byte  
argument for the initialization procedure.  
The byte assignment is shown in Table 16.  
Table 16. Byte assignment for register initialization at startup  
EEPROM byte address  
EEPROM starting byte address  
EEPROM + 1 starting byte address  
...  
Register address  
Remark  
skipped  
copied  
10h  
11h  
EEPROM + 31 starting byte address  
2Fh  
copied  
The register initialization file is large enough to hold values for two initialization sets and  
up to one block (16-byte) of user data.  
Remark: The register initialization file can be read/written by users and these bytes can  
be used to store other user data.  
After each power-up, the default configuration enables the MIFARE and ISO/IEC 14443 A  
protocol.  
9.2.3 Crypto1 keys (write only)  
MIFARE security requires specific cryptographic keys to encrypt data stream  
communication on the contactless interface. These keys are called Crypto1 keys.  
9.2.3.1 Key format  
Keys stored in the EEPROM are written in a specific format. Each key byte must be split  
into lower four bits k0 to k3 (lower nibble) and the higher four bits k4 to k7 (higher nibble).  
Each nibble is stored twice in one byte and one of the two nibbles is bit-wise inverted. This  
format is a precondition for successful execution of the LoadKeyE2 (see Section 11.6.1 on  
page 88) and LoadKey commands (see Section 11.6.2 on page 88).  
Using this format, 12 bytes of EEPROM memory are needed to store a 6-byte key. This is  
shown in Figure 7.  
Master key byte  
0 (LSB)  
1
5 (MSB)  
Master key bits k7 k6 k5 k4 k7 k6 k5 k4 k3 k2 k1 k0 k3 k2 k1 k0 k7 k6 k5 k4 k7 k6 k5 k4 k3 k2 k1 k0 k3 k2 k1 k0  
EEPROM byte  
k7 k6 k5 k4 k7 k6 k5 k4 k3 k2 k1 k0 k3 k2 k1 k0  
n
n + 1  
n + 2  
n + 3  
n + 10  
5Ah  
n + 11  
A5h  
address  
5Ah  
F0h  
5Ah  
E1h  
Example  
001aak640  
Fig 7. Key storage format  
Example: The value for the key must be written to the EEPROM.  
If the key was: A0h A1h A2h A3h A4h A5h then:  
5Ah F0h 5Ah E1h 5Ah D2h 5Ah C3h 5Ah B4h 5Ah A5h would be written.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
16 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Remark: It is possible to load data for other key formats into the EEPROM key storage  
location. However, it is not possible to validate card authentication with data which will  
cause the LoadKeyE2 command (see Section 11.6.1 on page 88) to fail.  
9.2.3.2 Storage of keys in the EEPROM  
The MFRC531 reserves 384 bytes of memory in the EEPROM for the Crypto1 keys. No  
memory segmentation is used to mirror the 12-byte structure of key storage. Thus, every  
byte of the dedicated memory area can be the start of a key.  
Example: If the key loading cycle starts at the last byte address of an EEPROM block, (for  
example, key byte 0 is stored at 12Fh), the next bytes are stored in the next EEPROM  
block, for example, key byte 1 is stored at 130h, byte 2 at 131h up to byte 11 at 13Ah.  
Based on the 384 bytes of memory and a single key needing 12 bytes, then up to 32  
different keys can be stored in the EEPROM.  
Remark: It is not possible to load a key exceeding the EEPROM byte location 1FFh.  
9.3 FIFO buffer  
An 8 64 bit FIFO buffer is used in the MFRC531 to act as a parallel-to-parallel converter.  
It buffers both the input and output data streams between the microprocessor and the  
internal circuitry of the MFRC531. This makes it possible to manage data streams up to  
64 bytes long without needing to take timing constraints into account.  
9.3.1 Accessing the FIFO buffer  
9.3.1.1 Access rules  
The FIFO buffer input and output data bus is connected to the FIFOData register. Writing  
to this register stores one byte in the FIFO buffer and increments the FIFO buffer write  
pointer. Reading from this register shows the FIFO buffer contents stored at the FIFO  
buffer read pointer and increments the FIFO buffer read pointer. The distance between the  
write and read pointer can be obtained by reading the FIFOLength register.  
When the microprocessor starts a command, the MFRC531 can still access the FIFO  
buffer while the command is running. Only one FIFO buffer has been implemented which  
is used for input and output. Therefore, the microprocessor must ensure that there are no  
inadvertent FIFO buffer accesses. Table 17 gives an overview of FIFO buffer access  
during command processing.  
Table 17. FIFO buffer access  
Active  
FIFO buffer  
Remark  
command  
p Write  
p Read  
StartUp  
Idle  
-
-
-
-
Transmit  
Receive  
Transceive  
yes  
-
-
yes  
yes  
yes  
the microprocessor has to know the state of the  
command (transmitting or receiving)  
WriteE2  
yes  
-
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
17 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 17. FIFO buffer access …continued  
Active  
command  
FIFO buffer  
p Write  
yes  
Remark  
p Read  
ReadE2  
yes  
the microprocessor has to prepare the arguments,  
afterwards only reading is allowed  
LoadKeyE2  
LoadKey  
yes  
yes  
yes  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Authent1  
Authent2  
LoadConfig  
CalcCRC  
yes  
yes  
9.3.2 Controlling the FIFO buffer  
In addition to writing to and reading from the FIFO buffer, the FIFO buffer pointers can be  
reset using the FlushFIFO bit. This changes the FIFOLength[6:0] value to zero, bit  
FIFOOvfl is cleared and the stored bytes are no longer accessible. This enables the FIFO  
buffer to be written with another 64 bytes of data.  
9.3.3 FIFO buffer status information  
The microprocessor can get the following FIFO buffer status data:  
the number of bytes stored in the FIFO buffer: bits FIFOLength[6:0]  
the FIFO buffer full warning: bit HiAlert  
the FIFO buffer empty warning: bit LoAlert  
the FIFO buffer overflow warning: bit FIFOOvfl.  
Remark: Setting the FlushFIFO bit clears the FIFOOvfl bit.  
The MFRC531 can generate an interrupt signal when:  
bit LoAlertIRq is set to logic 1 and bit LoAlert = logic 1, pin IRQ is activated.  
bit HiAlertIRq is set to logic 1 and bit HiAlert = logic 1, pin IRQ activated.  
The HiAlert flag bit is set to logic 1 only when the WaterLevel[5:0] bits or less can be  
stored in the FIFO buffer. The trigger is generated by Equation 1:  
HiAlert = 64 FIFOLength  WaterLevel  
(1)  
The LoAlert flag bit is set to logic 1 when the FIFOLevel register’s WaterLevel[5:0] bits or  
less are stored in the FIFO buffer. The trigger is generated by Equation 2:  
LoAlert = FIFOLength WaterLevel  
(2)  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
18 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.3.4 FIFO buffer registers and flags  
Table 17 shows the related FIFO buffer flags in alphabetic order.  
Table 18. Associated FIFO buffer registers and flags  
Flags  
Register name  
FIFOLength  
ErrorFlag  
Bit  
Register address  
FIFOLength[6:0]  
FIFOOvfl  
6 to 0  
04h  
0Ah  
09h  
03h  
06h  
07h  
03h  
06h  
07h  
29h  
4
FlushFIFO  
HiAlert  
Control  
0
PrimaryStatus  
InterruptEn  
InterruptRq  
PrimaryStatus  
InterruptEn  
InterruptRq  
FIFOLevel  
1
HiAlertIEn  
HiAlertIRq  
LoAlert  
1
1
0
LoAlertIEn  
LoAlertIRq  
WaterLevel[5:0]  
0
0
5 to 0  
9.4 Interrupt request system  
The MFRC531 indicates interrupt events by setting the PrimaryStatus register bit IRq (see  
Section 10.5.1.4 “PrimaryStatus register” on page 49) and activating pin IRQ. The signal  
on pin IRQ can be used to interrupt the microprocessor using its interrupt handling  
capabilities ensuring efficient microprocessor software.  
9.4.1 Interrupt sources overview  
Table 19 shows the integrated interrupt flags, related source and setting condition. The  
interrupt TimerIRq flag bit indicates an interrupt set by the timer unit. Bit TimerIRq is set  
when the timer decrements from one down to zero (bit TAutoRestart disabled) or from one  
to the TReLoadValue[7:0] with bit TAutoRestart enabled.  
Bit TxIRq indicates interrupts from different sources and is set as follows:  
the transmitter automatically sets the bit TxIRq interrupt when it is active and its state  
changes from sending data to transmitting the end of frame pattern  
the CRC coprocessor sets the bit TxIRq after all data from the FIFO buffer has been  
processed indicated by bit CRCReady = logic 1  
when EEPROM programming is finished, the bit TxIRq is set and is indicated by bit  
E2Ready = logic 1  
The RxIRq flag bit indicates an interrupt when the end of the received data is detected.  
The IdleIRq flag bit is set when a command finishes and the content of the Command  
register changes to Idle.  
When the FIFO buffer reaches the HIGH-level indicated by the WaterLevel[5:0] value (see  
Section 9.3.3 on page 18) and bit HiAlert = logic 1, then the HiAlertIRq flag bit is set to  
logic 1.  
When the FIFO buffer reaches the LOW-level indicated by the WaterLevel[5:0] value (see  
Section 9.3.3 on page 18) and bit LoAlert = logic 1, then LoAlertIRq flag bit is set to  
logic 1.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
19 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 19. Interrupt sources  
Interrupt flag  
TimerIRq  
TxIRq  
Interrupt source  
timer unit  
Trigger action  
timer counts from 1 to 0  
transmitter  
a data stream, transmitted to the card, ends  
all data from the FIFO buffer has been processed  
CRC coprocessor  
EEPROM  
all data from the FIFO buffer has been  
programmed  
RxIRq  
receiver  
a data stream, received from the card, ends  
command execution finishes  
FIFO buffer is full  
IdleIRq  
Command register  
FIFO buffer  
FIFO buffer  
HiAlertIRq  
LoAlertIRq  
FIFO buffer is empty  
9.4.2 Interrupt request handling  
9.4.2.1 Controlling interrupts and getting their status  
The MFRC531 informs the microprocessor about the interrupt request source by setting  
the relevant bit in the InterruptRq register. The relevance of each interrupt request bit as  
source for an interrupt can be masked by the InterruptEn register interrupt enable bits.  
Table 20. Interrupt control registers  
Register  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
InterruptEn  
InterruptRq  
SetIEn  
SetIRq  
reserved  
reserved  
TimerIEn  
TimerIRq  
TxIEn  
TxIRq  
RxIEn  
RxIRq  
IdleIEn  
IdleIRq  
HiAlertIEn LoAlertIEn  
HiAlertIRq LoAlertIRq  
If any interrupt request flag is set to logic 1 (showing that an interrupt request is pending)  
and the corresponding interrupt enable flag is set, the PrimaryStatus register IRq flag bit is  
set to logic 1. Different interrupt sources can activate simultaneously because all interrupt  
request bits are OR’ed, coupled to the IRq flag and then forwarded to pin IRQ.  
9.4.2.2 Accessing the interrupt registers  
The interrupt request bits are automatically set by the MFRC531’s internal state  
machines. In addition, the microprocessor can also set or clear the interrupt request bits  
as required.  
A special implementation of the InterruptRq and InterruptEn registers enables changing  
an individual bit status without influencing any other bits. If an interrupt register is set to  
logic 1, bit SetIxx and the specific bit must both be set to logic 1 at the same time. If a  
specific interrupt flag is cleared, zero must be written to the SetIxx and the interrupt  
register address must be set to logic 1 at the same time.  
If a content bit is not changed during the setting or clearing phase, zero must be written to  
the specific bit location.  
Example: Writing 3Fh to the InterruptRq register clears all bits. SetIRq is set to logic 0  
while all other bits are set to logic 1. Writing 81h to the InterruptRq register sets LoAlertIRq  
to logic 1 and leaves all other bits unchanged.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
20 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.4.3 Configuration of pin IRQ  
The logic level of the IRq flag bit is visible on pin IRQ. The signal on pin IRQ can also be  
controlled using the following IRQPinConfig register bits.  
bit IRQInv: the signal on pin IRQ is equal to the logic level of bit IRq when this bit is set  
to logic 0. When set to logic 1, the signal on pin IRQ is inverted with respect to bit IRq.  
bit IRQPushPull: when set to logic 1, pin IRQ has CMOS output characteristics. When  
it is set to logic 0, it is an open-drain output which requires an external resistor to  
achieve a HIGH-level at pin IRQ.  
Remark: During the reset phase (see Section 9.7.2 on page 28) bit IRQInv is set to  
logic 1 and bit IRQPushPull is set to logic 0. This results in a high-impedance on pin IRQ.  
9.4.4 Register overview interrupt request system  
Table 21 shows the related interrupt request system flags in alphabetical order.  
Table 21. Associated Interrupt request system registers and flags  
Flags  
Register name  
InterruptEn  
InterruptRq  
InterruptEn  
InterruptRq  
PrimaryStatus  
IRQPinConfig  
IRQPinConfig  
InterruptEn  
InterruptRq  
InterruptEn  
InterruptRq  
InterruptEn  
InterruptRq  
InterruptEn  
InterruptRq  
InterruptEn  
InterruptRq  
Bit  
1
1
2
2
3
1
0
0
0
3
3
7
7
5
5
4
4
Register address  
HiAlertIEn  
HiAlertIRq  
IdleIEn  
06h  
07h  
06h  
07h  
03h  
07h  
07h  
06h  
07h  
06h  
07h  
06h  
07h  
06h  
07h  
06h  
07h  
IdleIRq  
IRq  
IRQInv  
IRQPushPull  
LoAlertIEn  
LoAlertIRq  
RxIEn  
RxIRq  
SetIEn  
SetIRq  
TimerIEn  
TimerIRq  
TxIEn  
TxIRq  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
21 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.5 Timer unit  
The timer derives its clock signal from the 13.56 MHz on-board chip clock. The  
microprocessor can use this timer to manage timing-relevant tasks.  
The timer unit can be used in one of the following configurations:  
Timeout counter  
WatchDog counter  
Stopwatch  
Programmable one shot  
Periodical trigger  
The timer unit can be used to measure the time interval between two events or to indicate  
that a specific timed event occurred. The timer is triggered by events but does not  
influence any event (e.g. a time-out during data receiving does not automatically influence  
the receiving process). Several timer related flags can be set and these flags can be used  
to generate an interrupt.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
22 of 117  
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.5.1 Timer unit implementation  
9.5.1.1 Timer unit block diagram  
Figure 8 shows the block diagram of the timer module.  
TStartTxBegin  
TxBegin Event  
TStartTxEnd  
TxEnd Event  
TReloadValue[7:0]  
PARALLEL IN  
START COUNTER/  
PARALLEL LOAD  
TAutoRestart  
TStartNow  
TStopNow  
Q
Q
S
R
COUNTER MODULE  
(x x 1)  
TRunning  
STOP COUNTER  
RxEnd Event  
TStopRxEnd  
RxBegin Event  
TStopRxBegin  
TPreScaler[4:0]  
TimerValue[7:0]  
CLOCK  
DIVIDER  
13.56 MHz  
PARALLEL OUT  
Counter = 0 ?  
to parallel interface  
to interrupt logic: TimerIRq  
001aak611  
Fig 8. Timer module block diagram  
The timer unit is designed, so that events when combined with enabling flags start or stop  
the counter. For example, setting bit TStartTxBegin = logic 1 enables control of received  
data with the timer unit. In addition, the first received bit is indicated by the TxBegin event.  
This combination starts the counter at the defined TReloadValue[7:0].  
The timer stops automatically when the counter value is equal to zero or if a defined stop  
event happens.  
9.5.1.2 Controlling the timer unit  
The main part of the timer unit is a down-counter. As long as the down-counter value is  
not zero, it decrements its value with each timer clock cycle.  
If the TAutoRestart flag is enabled, the timer does not decrement down to zero. On  
reaching value 1, the timer reloads the next clock function with the TReloadValue[7:0].  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
23 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
The timer is started immediately by loading a value from the TimerReload register into the  
counter module.  
This is activated by one of the following events:  
transmission of the first bit to the card (TxBegin event) with bit TStartTxBegin = logic 1  
transmission of the last bit to the card (TxEnd event) with bit TStartTxEnd = logic 1  
bit TStartNow is set to logic 1 by the microprocessor  
Remark: Every start event reloads the timer from the TimerReload register. Thus, the  
timer unit is re-triggered.  
The timer can be configured to stop on one of the following events:  
receipt of the first valid bit from the card (RxBegin event) with bit  
TStopRxBegin = logic 1  
receipt of the last bit from the card (RxEnd event) with bit TStopRxEnd = logic 1  
the counter module has decremented down to zero and bit TAutoRestart = logic 0  
bit TStopNow is set to logic 1 by the microprocessor.  
Loading a new value, e.g. zero, into the TimerReload register or changing the timer unit  
while it is counting will not immediately influence the counter. This is because this register  
only affects the counter content after a start event.  
If the counter is stopped when bit TStopNow is set, no TimerIRq is flagged.  
9.5.1.3 Timer unit clock and period  
The timer unit clock is derived from the 13.56 MHz on-board chip clock using the  
programmable divider. Clock selection is made using the TimerClock register  
TPreScaler[4:0] bits based on Equation 3:  
2TPreScaler  
--------------------------  
1
---------------------------  
fTimerClock  
=
=
MHz  
(3)  
13.56  
TTimerClock  
The values for the TPreScaler[4:0] bits are between 0 and 21 which results in a minimum  
periodic time (TTimerClock) of between 74 ns and 150 ms.  
The time period elapsed since the last start event is calculated using Equation 4:  
TReLoadValue TimerValue  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------  
tTimer  
=
s  
(4)  
fTimerClock  
This results in a minimum time period (tTimer) of between 74 ns and 40 s.  
9.5.1.4 Timer unit status  
The SecondaryStatus register’s TRunning bit shows the timer’s status. Configured start  
events start the timer at the TReloadValue[7:0] and changes the status flag TRunning to  
logic 1. Conversely, configured stop events stop the timer and set the TRunning status  
flag to logic 0. As long as status flag TRunning is set to logic 1, the TimerValue register  
changes on the next timer unit clock cycle.  
The TimerValue[7:0] bits can be read directly from the TimerValue register.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
24 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.5.2 Using the timer unit functions  
9.5.2.1 Time-out and WatchDog counters  
After starting the timer using TReloadValue[7:0], the timer unit decrements the TimerValue  
register beginning with a given start event. If a given stop event occurs, such as a bit  
being received from the card, the timer unit stops without generating an interrupt.  
If a stop event does not occur, such as the card not answering within the expected time,  
the timer unit decrements down to zero and generates a timer interrupt request. This  
signals to the microprocessor the expected event has not occurred within the given time  
(tTimer).  
9.5.2.2 Stopwatch  
The time (tTimer) between a start and stop event is measured by the microprocessor using  
the timer unit. Setting the TReloadValue register triggers the timer which in turn, starts to  
decrement. If the defined stop event occurs, the timer stops. The time between start and  
stop is calculated by the microprocessor using Equation 5, when the timer does not  
decrement down to zero.  
t = TReLoadvalue TimerValue  tTimer  
(5)  
9.5.2.3 Programmable one shot timer and periodic trigger  
Programmable one shot timer: The microprocessor starts the timer unit and waits for  
the timer interrupt. The interrupt occurs after the time specified by tTimer  
.
Periodic trigger: If the microprocessor sets the TAutoRestart bit, it generates an interrupt  
request after every tTimer cycle.  
9.5.3 Timer unit registers  
Table 22 shows the related flags of the timer unit in alphabetical order.  
Table 22. Associated timer unit registers and flags  
Flags  
Register name  
TimerClock  
TimerValue  
TimerReload  
TimerClock  
SecondaryStatus  
Control  
Bit  
Register address  
TAutoRestart  
TimerValue[7:0]  
TReloadValue[7:0]  
TPreScaler[4:0]  
TRunning  
5
2Ah  
0Ch  
2Ch  
2Ah  
05h  
09h  
2Bh  
2Bh  
09h  
2Bh  
2Bh  
7 to 0  
7 to 0  
4 to 0  
7
1
0
1
2
2
3
TStartNow  
TStartTxBegin  
TStartTxEnd  
TStopNow  
TimerControl  
TimerControl  
Control  
TStopRxBegin  
TStopRxEnd  
TimerControl  
TimerControl  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
25 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.6 Power reduction modes  
9.6.1 Hard power-down  
Hard power-down is enabled when pin RSTPD is HIGH. This turns off all internal current  
sinks including the oscillator. All digital input buffers are separated from the input pads and  
defined internally (except pin RSTPD itself). The output pins are frozen at a given value.  
The status of all pins during a hard power-down is shown in Table 23.  
Table 23. Signal on pins during Hard power-down  
Symbol  
OSCIN  
IRQ  
Pin  
1
Type  
Description  
I
not separated from input, pulled to AVSS  
high-impedance  
2
O
I
MFIN  
3
separated from input  
LOW  
MFOUT  
TX1  
4
O
O
5
HIGH, if bit TX1RFEn = logic 1  
LOW, if bit TX1RFEn = logic 0  
TX2  
7
O
HIGH, only if bit TX2RFEn = logic 1 and bit  
TX2Inv = logic 0  
otherwise LOW  
NCS  
NWR  
NRD  
D0 to D7  
ALE  
9
I
separated from input  
separated from input  
separated from input  
separated from input  
separated from input  
separated from input  
separated from input  
separated from input  
high-impedance  
not changed  
10  
I
11  
I
13 to 20  
21  
I/O  
I
A0  
22  
I/O  
I
A1  
23  
A2  
24  
I
AUX  
27  
O
I
RX  
29  
VMID  
RSTPD  
OSCOUT  
30  
A
I
pulled to VDDA  
31  
not changed  
32  
O
HIGH  
9.6.2 Soft power-down mode  
Soft power-down mode is entered immediately using the Control register bit PowerDown.  
All internal current sinks, including the oscillator buffer, are switched off. The digital input  
buffers are not separated from the input pads and keep their functionality. In addition, the  
digital output pins do not change their state.  
After resetting the Control register bit PowerDown, the bit indicating Soft power-down  
mode is only cleared after 512 clock cycles. Resetting it does not immediately clear it. The  
PowerDown bit is automatically cleared when the Soft power-down mode is exited.  
Remark: When the internal oscillator is used, time (tosc) is required for the oscillator to  
become stable. This is because the internal oscillator is supplied by VDDA and any clock  
cycles will not be detected by the internal logic until VDDA is stable.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
26 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.6.3 Standby mode  
The Standby mode is immediately entered when the Control register StandBy bit is set. All  
internal current sinks, including the internal digital clock buffer are switched off. However,  
the oscillator buffer is not switched off.  
The digital input buffers are not separated by the input pads, keeping their functionality  
and the digital output pins do not change their state. In addition, the oscillator does not  
need time to wake-up.  
After resetting the Control register StandBy bit, it takes four clock cycles on pin OSCIN for  
Standby mode to exit. Resetting bit StandBy does not immediately clear it. It is  
automatically cleared when the Standby mode is exited.  
9.6.4 Automatic receiver power-down  
It is a power saving feature to switch off the receiver circuit when it is not needed. Setting  
bit RxAutoPD = logic 1, automatically powers down the receiver when it is not in use.  
Setting bit RxAutoPD = logic 0, keeps the receiver continuously powered up.  
9.7 StartUp phase  
The events executed during the StartUp phase are shown in Figure 9.  
StartUp phase  
t
t
t
init  
RSTPD  
reset  
Hard power-  
down phase  
Initialising  
phase  
states  
Reset phase  
ready  
001aak613  
Fig 9. The StartUp procedure  
9.7.1 Hard power-down phase  
The hard power-down phase is active during the following cases:  
a Power-On Reset (POR) caused by power-up on pins DVDD or AVDD activated  
when VDDD or VDDA is below the digital reset threshold.  
a HIGH-level on pin RSTPD which is active while pin RSTPD is HIGH. The HIGH level  
period on pin RSTPD must be at least 100 s (tPD 100 s). Shorter phases will not  
necessarily result in the reset phase (treset). The rising or falling edge slew rate on pin  
RSTPD is not critical because pin RSTPD is a Schmitt trigger input.  
Remark: In case two, HIGH level on pin RSTPD, has to be at least 100 s long (tPD 100  
s). Shorter phases will not necessarily result in the reset phase treset. The slew rate of  
rising/falling edge on pin RSTPD is not critical because pin RSTPD is a Schmitt trigger  
input.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
27 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.7.2 Reset phase  
The reset phase automatically follows the Hard power-down. Once the oscillator is  
running stably, the reset phase takes 512 clock cycles. During the reset phase, some  
register bits are preset by hardware. The respective reset values are given in the  
description of each register (see Section 10.5 on page 48).  
Remark: When the internal oscillator is used, time (tosc) is required for the oscillator to  
become stable. This is because the internal oscillator is supplied by VDDA and any clock  
cycles will not be detected by the internal logic until VDDA is stable.  
9.7.3 Initialization phase  
The initialization phase automatically follows the reset phase and takes 128 clock cycles.  
During the initializing phase the content of the EEPROM blocks 1 and 2 is copied into the  
register subaddresses 10h to 2Fh (see Section 9.2.2 on page 13).  
Remark: During the production test, the MFRC531 is initialized with default configuration  
values. This reduces the microprocessor’s configuration time to a minimum.  
9.7.4 Initializing the parallel interface type  
A different initialization sequence is used for each microprocessor. This enables detection  
of the correct microprocessor interface type and synchronization of the microprocessor’s  
and the MFRC531’s start-up. See Section 9.1.3 on page 8 for detailed information on the  
different connections for each microprocessor interface type.  
During StartUp phase, the command value is set to 3Fh once the oscillator attains clock  
frequency stability at an amplitude of > 90 % of the nominal 13.56 MHz clock frequency. At  
the end of the initialization phase, the MFRC531 automatically switches to idle and the  
command value changes to 00h.  
To ensure correct detection of the microprocessor interface, the following sequence is  
executed:  
the Command register is read until the 6-bit register value is 00h. On reading the 00h  
value, the internal initialization phase is complete and the MFRC531 is ready to be  
controlled  
write 80h to the Page register to initialize the microprocessor interface  
read the Command register. If it returns a value of 00h, the microprocessor interface  
was successfully initialized  
write 00h to the Page registers to activate linear addressing mode.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
28 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.8 Oscillator circuit  
MFRC531  
OSCOUT  
OSCIN  
13.56 MHz  
15 pF  
15 pF  
001aal224  
Fig 10. Quartz clock connection  
The clock applied to the MFRC531 acts as a time basis for the synchronous system  
encoder and decoder. The stability of the clock frequency is an important factor for correct  
operation. To obtain highest performance, clock jitter must be as small as possible. This is  
best achieved by using the internal oscillator buffer with the recommended circuitry.  
If an external clock source is used, the clock signal must be applied to pin OSCIN. In this  
case, be very careful in optimizing clock duty cycle and clock jitter. Ensure the clock  
quality has been verified. It must meet the specifications described in Section 13.4.5 on  
page 97.  
Remark: We do not recommend using an external clock source.  
9.9 Transmitter pins TX1 and TX2  
The signal on pins TX1 and TX2 is the 13.56 MHz energy carrier modulated by an  
envelope signal. It can be used to drive an antenna directly, using minimal passive  
components for matching and filtering (see Section 15.1 on page 98). To enable this, the  
output circuitry is designed with a very low-impedance source resistance. The TxControl  
register is used to control the TX1 and TX2 signals.  
9.9.1 Configuring pins TX1 and TX2  
TX1 pin configurations are described in Table 24.  
Table 24. Pin TX1 configurations  
TxControl register configuration  
Envelope TX1 signal  
TX1RFEn  
FORCE100ASK  
0
1
1
1
1
X
0
0
1
1
X
0
1
0
1
LOW (GND)  
13.56 MHz carrier frequency modulated  
13.56 MHz carrier frequency  
LOW  
13.56 MHz energy carrier  
TX2 pin configurations are described in Table 25.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
29 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 25. Pin TX2 configurations  
TxControl register configuration  
TX2RFEn FORCE100ASK TX2CW TX2Inv  
Envelope TX2 signal  
0
1
X
0
X
0
X
0
X
0
LOW  
13.56 MHz carrier frequency  
modulated  
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
13.56 MHz carrier frequency  
13.56 MHz carrier frequency  
modulated, 180phase-shift  
relative to TX1  
1
0
0
1
1
13.56 MHz carrier frequency,  
180phase-shift relative to TX1  
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
X
X
13.56 MHz carrier frequency  
13.56 MHz carrier frequency,  
180phase-shift relative to TX1  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
LOW  
13.56 MHz carrier frequency  
HIGH  
13.56 MHz carrier frequency,  
180phase-shift relative to TX1  
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
X
X
13.56 MHz carrier frequency  
13.56 MHz carrier frequency,  
180phase-shift relative to TX1  
9.9.2 Antenna operating distance versus power consumption  
Using different antenna matching circuits (by varying the supply voltage on the antenna  
driver supply pin TVDD), it is possible to find the trade-off between maximum effective  
operating distance and power consumption. Different antenna matching circuits are  
described in the Application note “MIFARE Design of MFRC500 Matching Circuit and  
Antennas”.  
9.9.3 Antenna driver output source resistance  
The output source conductance of pins TX1 and TX2 can be adjusted between 1 and  
100 using the CwConductance register GsCfgCW[5:0] bits.  
The output source conductance of pins TX1 and TX2 during the modulation phase can be  
adjusted between 1 and 100 using the ModConductance register GsCfgMod[5:0] bits.  
The values are relative to the reference resistance (RS(ref)) which is measured during the  
production test and stored in the MFRC531 EEPROM. It can be read from the product  
information field (see Section 9.2.1 on page 13). The electrical specification can be found  
in Section 13.3.3 on page 92.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
30 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.9.3.1 Source resistance table  
Table 26. TX1 and TX2 source resistance of n-channel driver transistor against GsCfgCW or GsCfgMod  
MANT = Mantissa; EXP = Exponent.  
GsCfgCW, EXPGsCfgCW  
GsCfgMod EXPGsCfgMod MANTGsCfgMod ()  
,
MANTGsCfgCW, RS(ref)  
GsCfgCW,  
GsCfgMod  
(decimal)  
EXPGsCfgCW  
EXPGsCfgMod  
(decimal)  
,
MANTGsCfgCW  
MANTGsCfgMod ()  
(decimal)  
,
RS(ref)  
(decimal)  
0
(decimal)  
(decimal)  
0
1
2
3
0
1
0
0
2
1
0
0
1
0
0
3
2
1
0
0
1
0
0
2
1
0
0
1
0
3
2
0
0
0
-
24  
25  
37  
26  
27  
51  
38  
28  
29  
39  
30  
52  
31  
40  
41  
53  
42  
43  
54  
44  
45  
55  
46  
47  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
1
1
2
1
1
3
2
1
1
2
1
3
1
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
8
9
0.0652  
16  
32  
48  
1
-
0.0580  
0.0541  
0.0522  
0.0474  
0.0467  
0.0450  
0.0435  
0.0401  
0.0386  
0.0373  
0.0350  
0.0348  
0.0338  
0.0300  
0.0280  
0.0270  
0.0246  
0.0234  
0.0225  
0.0208  
0.0200  
0.0193  
0.0180  
0.0175  
0.0156  
0.0140  
0.0127  
0.0117  
0.0108  
0.0100  
0.0093  
0
-
5
0
-
10  
11  
3
1
1.0000  
0.5217  
0.5000  
0.3333  
0.2703  
0.2609  
0.2500  
0.2000  
0.1739  
0.1667  
0.1429  
0.1402  
0.1351  
0.1304  
0.1250  
0.1111  
0.1043  
0.1000  
0.0909  
0.0901  
0.0870  
0.0833  
0.0769  
0.0745  
0.0714  
0.0701  
0.0676  
0.0667  
17  
2
1
2
6
3
3
12  
13  
7
33  
18  
4
1
2
4
14  
4
5
5
19  
6
3
15  
8
6
7
7
9
49  
34  
20  
8
1
5
2
10  
11  
6
4
8
9
9
12  
13  
7
21  
10  
11  
35  
22  
12  
13  
23  
14  
50  
36  
15  
5
10  
11  
3
14  
15  
8
6
12  
13  
7
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
14  
2
4
15  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
31 of 117  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.9.3.2 Calculating the relative source resistance  
The reference source resistance RS(ref) can be calculated using Equation 6.  
1
RSref  
=
(6)  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
EXP  
GsCfgCW  
77  
-----  
MANTGsCfgCW  
40  
The reference source resistance (RS(ref)) during the modulation phase can be calculated  
using ModConductance register’s GsCfgMod[5:0].  
9.9.3.3 Calculating the effective source resistance  
Wiring resistance (RS(wire)): Wiring and bonding add a constant offset to the driver  
resistance that is relevant when pins TX1 and TX2 are switched to low-impedance. The  
additional resistance for pin TX1 (RS(wire)TX1) can be set approximately as shown in  
Equation 7.  
RSwireTX1 500 m  
(7)  
Effective resistance (RSx): The source resistances of the driver transistors (RsMaxP  
byte) read from the Product Information Field (see Section 9.2.1 on page 13) are  
measured during the production test with CwConductance register’s  
GsCfgCW[5:0] = 01h.  
To calculate the driver resistance for a specific value set in GsCfgMod[5:0], use  
Equation 8.  
RSx = RSrefmaxP RSwireTX1  RSrel+ RSwireTX1  
(8)  
9.9.4 Pulse width  
The envelope carries the data signal information that is transmitted to the card. It is an  
encoded data signal based on the Miller code. In addition, each pause of the Miller  
encoded signal is again encoded as a pulse of a fixed width. The width of the pulse is  
adjusted using the ModWidth register. The pulse width (tw) is calculated using Equation 9  
where the frequency constant (fclk) = 13.56 MHz.  
ModWidth + 1  
------------------------------------  
tw = 2  
(9)  
fc  
9.10 Receiver circuitry  
The MFRC531 uses an integrated quadrature demodulation circuit enabling it to detect an  
ISO/IEC 14443 A or ISO/IEC 14443 B compliant subcarrier signal on pin RX.  
ISO/IEC 14443 A subcarrier signal: defined as a Manchester coded ASK modulated  
signal  
ISO/IEC 14443 B subcarrier signal: defined as an NRZ-L coded BPSK modulated  
ISO/IEC 14443 B subcarrier signal  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
32 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
The quadrature demodulator uses two different clocks (Q-clock and I-clock) with a  
phase-shift of 90between them. Both resulting subcarrier signals are amplified, filtered  
and forwarded to the correlation circuitry. The correlation results are evaluated, digitized  
and then passed to the digital circuitry. Various adjustments can be made to obtain  
optimum performance for all processing units.  
9.10.1 Receiver circuit block diagram  
Figure 11 shows the block diagram of the receiver circuit. The receiving process can be  
broken down in to several steps. Quadrature demodulation of the 13.56 MHz carrier signal  
is performed. To achieve the optimum performance, automatic Q-clock calibration is  
recommended (see Section 9.10.2.1 on page 33).  
The demodulated signal is amplified by an adjustable amplifier. A correlation circuit  
calculates the degree of similarity between the expected and the received signal. The  
BitPhase register enables correlation interval position alignment with the received signal’s  
bit grid. In the evaluation and digitizer circuitry, the valid bits are detected and the digital  
results are sent to the FIFO buffer. Several tuning steps are possible for this circuit.  
ClkQ180Deg  
ClkQDelay[4:0]  
ClkQCalib  
I TO Q  
CONVERSION  
Gain[1:0]  
CollLevel[3:0] RcvClkSell  
MinLevel[3:0] RxWait[7:0]  
clock  
BitPhase[7:0]  
I-clock  
Q-clock  
s_valid  
EVALUATION  
AND  
DIGITIZER  
CIRCUITRY  
s_data  
s_coll  
CORRELATION  
CIRCUITRY  
13.56 MHz  
DEMODULATOR  
RX  
s_clock  
VRxFollQ  
VRxAmpQ  
VRxAmpI  
VCorrDI  
VCorrDQ  
VCorrNQ  
VEvalR  
VRxFollI  
VCorrNI  
VEvalL  
to  
TestAnaOutSel  
001aak615  
Fig 11. Receiver circuit block diagram  
The signal can be observed on its way through the receiver as shown in Figure 11. One  
signal at a time can be routed to pin AUX using the TestAnaSelect register as described in  
Section 15.2.2 on page 103.  
9.10.2 Receiver operation  
In general, the default settings programmed in the StartUp initialization file are suitable for  
device to MIFARE card data communication. However, in some environments specific  
user settings will achieve better performance.  
9.10.2.1 Automatic Q-clock calibration  
The quadrature demodulation concept of the receiver generates a phase signal (I-clock)  
and a 90phase-shifted quadrature signal (Q-clock). To achieve the optimum  
demodulator performance, the Q-clock and the I-clock must be phase-shifted by 90. After  
the reset phase, a calibration procedure is automatically performed.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
33 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Automatic calibration can be set-up to execute at the end of each Transceive command if  
bit ClkQCalib = logic 0. Setting bit ClkQCalib = logic 1 disables all automatic calibrations  
except after the reset sequence. Automatic calibration can also be triggered by the  
software when bit ClkQCalib has a logic 0 to logic 1 transition.  
calibration impulse  
a rising edge initiates  
from reset sequence  
Q-clock calibration  
calibration impulse  
from end of  
Transceive command  
ClkQCalib bit  
001aak616  
Fig 12. Automatic Q-clock calibration  
Remark: The duration of the automatic Q-clock calibration is 65 oscillator periods or  
approximately 4.8 s.  
The ClockQControl register’s ClkQDelay[4:0] value is proportional to the phase-shift  
between the Q-clock and the I-clock. The ClkQ180Deg status flag bit is set when the  
phase-shift between the Q-clock and the I-clock is greater than 180.  
Remark:  
The StartUp configuration file enables automatic Q-clock calibration after a reset  
If bit ClkQCalib = logic 1, automatic calibration is not performed. Leaving this bit set to  
logic 1 can be used to permanently disable automatic calibration.  
It is possible to write data to the ClkQDelay[4:0] bits using the microprocessor. The  
aim could be to disable automatic calibration and set the delay using the software.  
Configuring the delay value using the software requires bit ClkQCalib to have been  
previously set to logic 1 and a time interval of at least 4.8 s has elapsed. Each delay  
value must be written with bit ClkQCalib set to logic 1. If bit ClkQCalib is logic 0, the  
configured delay value is overwritten by the next automatic calibration interval.  
9.10.2.2 Amplifier  
The demodulated signal must be amplified by the variable amplifier to achieve the best  
performance. The gain of the amplifiers can be adjusted using the RxControl1 register  
Gain[1:0] bits; see Table 27.  
Table 27. Gain factors for the internal amplifier  
See Table 83 “RxControl1 register bit descriptions” on page 61 for additional information.  
Register setting  
Gain factor [dB]  
(simulation results)  
00  
01  
10  
11  
20  
24  
31  
35  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
34 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.10.2.3 Correlation circuitry  
The correlation circuitry calculates the degree of matching between the received and an  
expected signal. The output is a measure of the amplitude of the expected signal in the  
received signal. This is done for both, the Q and I-channels. The correlator provides two  
outputs for each of the two input channels, resulting in a total of four output signals.  
The correlation circuitry needs the phase information for the incoming card signal for  
optimum performance. This information is defined for the microprocessor using the  
BitPhase register. This value defines the phase relationship between the transmitter and  
receiver clock in multiples of the BitPhase time (tBitPhase) = 1 / 13.56 MHz.  
9.10.2.4 Evaluation and digitizer circuitry  
The correlation results are evaluated for each bit-half of the Manchester coded signal. The  
evaluation and digitizer circuit decides from the signal strengths of both bit-halves, if the  
current bit is valid  
If the bit is valid, its value is identified  
If the bit is not valid, it is checked to identify if it contains a bit-collision  
Select the following levels for optimal using RxThreshold register bits:  
MinLevel[3:0]: defines the minimum signal strength of the stronger bit-halve’s signal  
which is considered valid.  
CollLevel[3:0]: defines the minimum signal strength relative to the amplitude of the  
stronger half-bit that has to be exceeded by the weaker half-bit of the Manchester  
coded signal to generate a bit-collision. If the signal’s strength is below this value,  
logic 1 and logic 0 can be determined unequivocally.  
After data transmission, the card is not allowed to send its response before a preset time  
period which is called the frame guard time in the ISO/IEC 14443 standard. The length of  
this time period is set using the RxWait register’s RxWait[7:0] bits. The RxWait register  
defines when the receiver is switched on after data transmission to the card in multiples of  
one bit duration.  
If bit RcvClkSelI is set to logic 1, the I-clock is used to clock the correlator and evaluation  
circuits. If bit RcvClkSelI is set to logic 0, the Q-clock is used.  
Remark: It is recommended to use the Q-clock.  
9.11 Serial signal switch  
The MFRC531 comprises two main blocks:  
digital circuitry: comprising the state machines, encoder and decoder logic etc.  
analog circuitry: comprising the modulator, antenna drivers, receiver and  
amplification circuitry  
The interface between these two blocks can be configured so that the interface signals  
are routed to pins MFIN and MFOUT. This makes it possible to connect the analog part of  
one MFRC531 to the digital part of another device.  
The serial signal switch can be used to measure MIFARE and ISO/IEC 14443 A.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
35 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Remark: Pin MFIN can only be accessed at 106 kBd based on ISO/IEC 14443 A. The  
Manchester signal and the Manchester signal with subcarrier can only be accessed on pin  
MFOUT at 106 kBd based on ISO/IEC 14443 A.  
9.11.1 Serial signal switch block diagram  
Figure 13 shows the serial signal switches. Three different switches are implemented in  
the serial signal switch enabling the MFRC531 to be used in different configurations.  
The serial signal switch can also be used to check the transmitted and received data  
during the design-in phase or for test purposes. Section 15.2.1 on page 101 describes the  
analog test signals and measurements at the serial signal switch.  
Remark: The SLR400 uses pin name SIGOUT for pin MFOUT. The MFRC531  
functionality includes the test modes for the SLRC400 using pin MFOUT.  
0
1
0
1
2
3
MILLER CODER  
1 OUT OF 256  
NRZ OR  
TX1  
TX2  
envelope  
MFIN  
MODULATOR  
DRIVER  
serial data out  
1 OUT OF 4  
2
(part of)  
analog circuitry  
(part of)  
serial data processing  
Modulator  
Source[1:0]  
0
1
2
3
0
internal  
Manchester out  
SUBCARRIER  
DEMODULATOR  
CARRIER  
DEMODULATOR  
RX  
MANCHESTER  
DECODER  
Manchester with subcarrier  
Manchester  
serial data in  
2
SUBCARRIER  
Decoder  
DEMODULATOR  
Source[1:0]  
3
SERIAL SIGNAL SWITCH  
MFOUTSelect[2:0]  
digital test signal  
signal to MFOUT  
0
1
MFIN  
MFOUT  
001aak617  
Fig 13. Serial signal switch block diagram  
Section 9.11.2, Section 9.11.2.1 and Section 9.11.2.2 describe the relevant registers and  
settings used to configure and control the serial signal switch.  
9.11.2 Serial signal switch registers  
The RxControl2 register DecoderSource[1:0] bits define the input signal for the internal  
Manchester decoder and are described in Table 28.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
36 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 28. DecoderSource[1:0] values  
See Table 93 on page 64 for additional information.  
Number DecoderSource Input signal to decoder  
[1:0]  
0
1
2
00  
01  
10  
constant 0  
output of the analog part. This is the default configuration  
direct connection to pin MFIN; expects an 847.5 kHz subcarrier  
signal modulated by a Manchester encoded signal  
3
11  
direct connection to pin MFIN; expects a Manchester encoded  
signal  
The TxControl register ModulatorSource[1:0] bits define the signal used to modulate the  
transmitted 13.56 MHz energy carrier. The modulated signal drives pins TX1 and TX2.  
Table 29. ModulatorSource[1:0] values  
See Table 93 on page 64 for additional information.  
Number ModulatorSource Input signal to modulator  
[1:0]  
0
1
2
00  
01  
10  
constant 0 (energy carrier off on pins TX1 and TX2)  
constant 1 (continuous energy carrier on pins TX1 and TX2)  
modulation signal (envelope) from the internal encoder. This is the  
default configuration.  
3
11  
direct connection to MFIN; expects a Miller pulse coded signal  
The MFOUTSelect register MFOUTSelect[2:0] bits select the output signal which is to be  
routed to pin MFOUT.  
Table 30. MFOUTSelect[2:0] values  
See Table 106 on page 67 for additional information.  
Number MFOUTSelect Signal routed to pin MFOUT  
[2:0]  
0
1
2
3
000  
001  
010  
011  
constant LOW  
constant HIGH  
modulation signal (envelope) from the internal encoder  
serial data stream to be transmitted; the same as for  
MFOUTSelect[2:0] = 001 but not encoded by the selected pulse  
encoder  
4
5
100  
101  
output signal of the receiver circuit; card modulation signal  
regenerated and delayed  
output signal of the subcarrier demodulator; Manchester coded card  
signal  
6
7
110  
111  
reserved  
reserved  
To use the MFOUTSelect[2:0] bits, the TestDigiSelect register SignalToMFOUT bit must  
be logic 0.  
9.11.2.1 Active antenna concept  
The MFRC531 analog and digital circuitry is accessed using pins MFIN and MFOUT.  
Table 31 lists the required settings.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
37 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 31. Register settings to enable use of the analog circuitry  
Register  
Number[1] Signal  
Analog circuitry settings  
MFRC531 pin  
ModulatorSource  
MFOUTSelect  
3
4
X
Miller pulse encoded  
MFIN  
MFOUT  
-
Manchester encoded with subcarrier  
-
DecoderSource  
Digital circuitry settings  
ModulatorSource  
MFOUTSelect  
X
2
2
-
-
Miller pulse encoded  
MFOUT  
MFIN  
DecoderSource  
Manchester encoded with subcarrier  
[1] The number column refers to the value in the number column of Table 28, Table 29 and Table 30.  
Two MFRC531 devices configured as described in Table 31 can be connected to each  
other using pins MFOUT and MFIN.  
Remark: The active antenna concept can only be used at 106 kBd based on  
ISO/IEC 14443 A.  
9.11.2.2 Driving both RF parts  
It is possible to connect both passive and active antennas to a single IC. The passive  
antenna pins TX1, TX2 and RX are connected using the appropriate filter and matching  
circuit. At the same time an active antenna is connected to pins MFOUT and MFIN. In this  
configuration, two RF parts can be driven, one after another, by one microprocessor.  
9.12 MIFARE higher baud rates  
The MIFARE system is specified with a fixed baud rate of 106 kBd for communication on  
the RF interface. The current version of ISO/IEC 14443 A also defines 106 kBd for the  
initial phase of a communication between Proximity Integrated Circuit Cards (PICC) and  
Proximity Coupling Devices (PCD).  
To cover requirements of large data transmissions and to speed up terminal to card  
communication, the MFRC531 supports communication at MIFARE higher baud rates in  
combination with a microcontroller IC such as the MIFARE ProX.  
Table 32. MIFARE higher baud rates  
Communication direction  
Baud rates (kBd)  
MFRC531 based PCD microcontroller PICC supporting higher baud rates 106, 212, 424  
Microcontroller PICC supporting higher baud rates MFRC531 based PCD 106, 212, 424  
The MIFARE higher baud rates concept is described in the application note: MIFARE  
Implementation of Higher Baud rates Ref. 5. This application note covers the integration  
of the MIFARE higher baud rates communication concept in current applications.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
38 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.13 ISO/IEC 14443 B communication scheme  
The international standard ISO/IEC 14443 covers two communication schemes;  
ISO/IEC 14443 A and ISO/IEC 14443 B. The MFRC531 reader IC fully supports both  
ISO/IEC 14443 variants.  
Table 33 describes the registers and flags covered by the ISO/IEC 14443 B  
communication protocol.  
Table 33. ISO/IEC 14443 B registers and flags  
Flag  
Register  
Bit  
Register address  
CharSpacing[2:0]  
CoderRate[2:0]  
EOFWidth  
TypeBFraming  
CoderControl  
4 to 2  
5 to 3  
5
17h  
14h  
17h  
1Dh  
11h  
12h  
13h  
1Ch  
17h  
17h  
1Dh  
1Dh  
1Dh  
1Ah  
1Ah  
17h  
19h  
1Dh  
1Dh  
14h  
TypeBFraming  
BPSKDemControl  
TxControl  
FilterAmpDet  
Force100ASK  
GsCfgCW[5:0]  
GsCfgMod[5:0]  
MinLevel[3:0]  
NoTxEOF  
4
4
CwConductance  
ModConductance  
RxThreshold  
5 to 0  
5 to 0  
7 to 4  
6
TypeBFraming  
TypeBFraming  
BPSKDemControl  
BPSKDemControl  
BPSKDemControl  
DecoderControl  
DecoderControl  
TypeBFraming  
RxControl1  
NoTxSOF  
7
NoRxEGT  
6
NoRxEOF  
5
NoRxSOF  
7
RxCoding  
0
RxFraming[1:0]  
SOFWidth[1:0]  
SubCPulses[2:0]  
TauB[1:0]  
4 to 3  
1 to 0  
7 to 5  
1 to 0  
3 to 2  
2 to 0  
BPSKDemControl  
BPSKDemControl  
CoderControl  
TauD[1:0]  
TxCoding[2:0]  
As reference documentation, the international standard ISO/IEC 14443 Identification  
cards - Contactless integrated circuit(s) cards - Proximity cards, part 1-4 (Ref. 4) can be  
used.  
Remark: NXP Semiconductors does not offer a basic function library to design-in the  
ISO/IEC 14443 B protocol.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
39 of 117  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.14 MIFARE authentication and Crypto1  
The security algorithm used in the MIFARE products is called Crypto1. It is based on a  
proprietary stream cipher with a 48-bit key length. To access data on MIFARE cards,  
knowledge of the key format is needed. The correct key must be available in the  
MFRC531 to enable successful card authentication and access to the card’s data stored  
in the EEPROM.  
After a card is selected as defined in ISO/IEC 14443 A standard, the user can continue  
with the MIFARE protocol. It is mandatory that card authentication is performed.  
Crypto1 authentication is a 3-pass authentication which is automatically performed when  
the Authent1 and Authent2 commands are executed (see Section 11.6.3 on page 89 and  
Section 11.6.4 on page 89).  
During the card authentication procedure, the security algorithm is initialized. After a  
successful authentication, communication with the MIFARE card is encrypted.  
9.14.1 Crypto1 key handling  
On execution of the authentication command, the MFRC531 reads the key from the key  
buffer. The key is always read from the key buffer and ensures Crypto1 authentication  
commands do not require addressing of a key. The user must ensure the correct key is  
prepared in the key buffer before triggering card authentication.  
The key buffer can be loaded from:  
the EEPROM using the LoadKeyE2 command (see Section 11.6.1 on page 88)  
the microprocessor’s FIFO buffer using the LoadKey command (see Section 11.6.2  
on page 88). This is shown in Figure 14.  
WriteE2  
EEPROM  
KEYS  
from the microcontroller  
FIFO BUFFER  
LoadKey  
LoadKeyE2  
KEY BUFFER  
during  
Authent1  
serial data stream in  
(plain)  
serial data stream out  
CRYPTO1  
MODULE  
(encrypted)  
001aak624  
Fig 14. Crypto1 key handling block diagram  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
40 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.14.2 Authentication procedure  
The Crypto1 security algorithm enables authentication of MIFARE cards. To obtain valid  
authentication, the correct key has to be available in the key buffer of the MFRC531. This  
can be ensured as follows:  
1. Load the internal key buffer by using the LoadKeyE2 (see Section 11.6.1 on page 88)  
or the LoadKey (see Section 11.6.2 on page 88) commands.  
2. Start the Authent1 command (see Section 11.6.3 on page 89). When finished, check  
the error flags to obtain the command execution status.  
3. Start the Authent2 command (see Section 11.6.4 on page 89). When finished, check  
the error flags and bit Crypto1On to obtain the command execution status.  
10. MFRC531 registers  
10.1 Register addressing modes  
Three methods can be used to operate the MFRC531:  
initiating functions and controlling data by executing commands  
configuring the functional operation using a set of configuration bits  
monitoring the state of the MFRC531 by reading status flags  
The commands, configuration bits and flags are accessed using the microprocessor  
interface. The MFRC531 can internally address 64 registers using six address lines.  
10.1.1 Page registers  
The MFRC531 register set is segmented into eight pages contain eight registers each. A  
Page register can always be addressed, irrespective of which page is currently selected.  
10.1.2 Dedicated address bus  
When using the MFRC531 with the dedicated address bus, the microprocessor defines  
three address lines using address pins A0, A1 and A2. This enables addressing within a  
page. To switch between registers in different pages a paging mechanism needs to be  
used.  
Table 34 shows how the register address is assembled.  
Table 34. Dedicated address bus: assembling the register address  
Register bit: UsePageSelect  
Register address  
PageSelect2 PageSelect1  
1
PageSelect0  
A2 A1 A0  
10.1.3 Multiplexed address bus  
The microprocessor may define all six address lines at once using the MFRC531 with a  
multiplexed address bus. In this case, either the paging mechanism or linear addressing  
can be used.  
Table 35 shows how the register address is assembled.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
41 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 35. Multiplexed address bus: assembling the register address  
Multiplexed UsePage Register address  
address bus type  
Select  
Paging mode  
1
0
PageSelect2 PageSelect1 PageSelect0 AD2 AD1 AD0  
AD5 AD4 AD3 AD2 AD1 AD0  
Linear addressing  
10.2 Register bit behavior  
Bits and flags for different registers behave differently, depending on their functions. In  
principle, bits with same behavior are grouped in common registers. Table 36 describes  
the function of the Access column in the register tables.  
Table 36. Behavior and designation of register bits  
Abbreviation Behavior  
R/W read and write  
Description  
These bits can be read and written by the microprocessor.  
Since they are only used for control, their content is not  
influenced by internal state machines.  
Example: TimerReload register may be read and written by  
the microprocessor. It will also be read by internal state  
machines but never changed by them.  
D
dynamic  
These bits can be read and written by the microprocessor.  
Nevertheless, they may also be written automatically by  
internal state machines.  
Example: the Command register changes its value  
automatically after the execution of the command.  
R
read only  
write only  
These registers hold flags which have a value determined by  
internal states only.  
Example: the ErrorFlag register cannot be written externally  
but shows internal states.  
W
These registers are used for control only. They may be written  
by the microprocessor but cannot be read. Reading these  
registers returns an undefined value.  
Example: The TestAnaSelect register is used to determine the  
signal on pin AUX however, it is not possible to read its  
content.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
42 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.3 Register overview  
Table 37. MFRC531 register overview  
Sub  
Register name  
Function  
Refer to  
address  
(Hex)  
Page 0: Command and status  
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
04h  
05h  
06h  
07h  
Page  
selects the page register  
Table 39 on page 48  
Table 41 on page 48  
Command  
FIFOData  
starts and stops command execution  
input and output for the 64-byte FIFO buffer  
receiver, transmitter and FIFO buffer status flags  
number of bytes buffered in the FIFO buffer  
secondary status flags  
Table 43 on page 49  
Table 45 on page 49  
Table 47 on page 50  
Table 49 on page 51  
Table 51 on page 51  
Table 53 on page 52  
PrimaryStatus  
FIFOLength  
SecondaryStatus  
InterruptEn  
InterruptRq  
enable and disable interrupt request control bits  
interrupt request flags  
Page 1: Control and status  
08h  
09h  
0Ah  
0Bh  
0Ch  
0Dh  
0Eh  
0Fh  
Page  
selects the page register  
Table 39 on page 48  
Table 55 on page 53  
Table 57 on page 53  
Control  
control flags for timer unit, power saving etc  
show the error status of the last command executed  
ErrorFlag  
CollPos  
bit position of the first bit-collision detected on the RF interface Table 59 on page 54  
TimerValue  
CRCResultLSB  
CRCResultMSB  
BitFraming  
value of the timer  
Table 61 on page 55  
Table 63 on page 55  
Table 65 on page 55  
Table 67 on page 56  
LSB of the CRC coprocessor register  
MSB of the CRC coprocessor register  
adjustments for bit oriented frames  
Page 2: Transmitter and coder control  
10h  
11h  
12h  
13h  
14h  
15h  
16h  
17h  
Page  
selects the page register  
Table 39 on page 48  
Table 69 on page 57  
TxControl  
controls the operation of the antenna driver pins TX1 and TX2  
CwConductance  
ModConductance  
CoderControl  
ModWidth  
selects the conductance of the antenna driver pins TX1 and TX2 Table 71 on page 58  
defines the driver output conductance  
Table 73 on page 58  
Table 75 on page 59  
Table 77 on page 59  
Table 79 on page 59  
Table 80 on page 60  
sets the clock frequency and the encoding  
selects the modulation pulse width  
ModWidthSOF  
TypeBFraming  
selects the SOF pulse-width modulation  
defines the framing for ISO/IEC 14443 B communication  
Page 3: Receiver and decoder control  
18  
Page  
selects the page register  
Table 39 on page 48  
Table 82 on page 61  
Table 84 on page 62  
Table 86 on page 62  
Table 88 on page 63  
Table 90 on page 63  
Table 92 on page 64  
Table 94 on page 64  
19  
RxControl1  
DecoderControl  
BitPhase  
controls receiver behavior  
1A  
1B  
1C  
1D  
1Eh  
1Fh  
controls decoder behavior  
selects the bit-phase between transmitter and receiver clock  
selects thresholds for the bit decoder  
controls BPSK receiver behavior  
RxThreshold  
BPSKDemControl  
RxControl2  
ClockQControl  
controls decoder and defines the receiver input source  
clock control for the 90phase-shifted Q-channel clock  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
43 of 117  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 37. MFRC531 register overview …continued  
Sub  
Register name  
Function  
Refer to  
address  
(Hex)  
Page 4: RF Timing and channel redundancy  
20h  
21h  
22h  
Page  
selects the page register  
Table 39 on page 48  
RxWait  
selects the interval after transmission before the receiver starts Table 96 on page 65  
ChannelRedundancy selects the method and mode used to check data integrity on  
the RF channel  
Table 98 on page 65  
23h  
24h  
25h  
26h  
CRCPresetLSB  
CRCPresetMSB  
PreSet25  
preset LSB value for the CRC register  
preset MSB value for the CRC register  
these values are not changed  
Table 100 on page 66  
Table 102 on page 66  
MFOUTSelect  
selects internal signal applied to pin MFOUT, includes the MSB Table 104 on page 66  
of TimeSlotPeriod value; see Table 105 on page 67  
27h  
PreSet27  
these values are not changed  
Table 107 on page 67  
Page 5: FIFO, timer and IRQ pin configuration  
28h  
29h  
2Ah  
2Bh  
2Ch  
2Dh  
2Eh  
2Fh  
Page  
selects the page register  
Table 39 on page 48  
FIFOLevel  
TimerClock  
TimerControl  
TimerReload  
IRQPinConfig  
PreSet2E  
defines the FIFO buffer overflow and underflow warning levels Table 47 on page 50  
selects the timer clock divider  
selects the timer start and stop conditions  
defines the timer preset value  
configures pin IRQ output stage  
these values are not changed  
these values are not changed  
Table 110 on page 68  
Table 112 on page 69  
Table 114 on page 69  
Table 116 on page 70  
Table 118 on page 70  
Table 119 on page 70  
PreSet2F  
Page 6: reserved registers  
30h  
31h  
32h  
33h  
34h  
35h  
36h  
37h  
Page  
selects the page register  
reserved  
Table 39 on page 48  
Table 120 on page 70  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
Page 7: Test control  
38h  
39h  
3Ah  
3Bh  
3Ch  
3Dh  
3Eh  
3Fh  
Page  
selects the page register  
reserved  
Table 39 on page 48  
Table 121 on page 71  
Table 122 on page 71  
Table 124 on page 72  
Table 125 on page 72  
Table 126 on page 72  
Table 128 on page 73  
reserved  
TestAnaSelect  
reserved  
selects analog test mode  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
TestDigiSelect  
reserved  
selects digital test mode  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
44 of 117  
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.4 MFRC531 register flags overview  
Table 38. MFRC531 register flags overview  
Flag(s)  
Register  
Bit  
Address  
AccessErr  
ErrorFlag  
5
0Ah  
BitPhase[7:0]  
CharSpacing[2:0]  
ClkQ180Deg  
ClkQCalib  
BitPhase  
7 to 0 1Bh  
4 to 2 17h,  
TypeBFraming  
ClockQControl  
ClockQControl  
ClockQControl  
CoderControl  
ErrorFlag  
7
6
1Fh  
1Fh  
ClkQDelay[4:0]  
CoderRate[2:0]  
CollErr  
4 to 0 1Fh  
5 to 3 14h  
0
0Ah  
CollLevel[3:0]  
CollPos[7:0]  
Command[5:0]  
CRC3309  
RxThreshold  
CollPos  
3 to 0 1Ch  
7 to 0 0Bh  
5 to 0 01h  
Command  
ChannelRedundancy  
ChannelRedundancy  
ErrorFlag  
5
4
3
22h  
22h  
0Ah  
CRC8  
CRCErr  
CRCPresetLSB[7:0]  
CRCPresetMSB[7:0]  
CRCReady  
CRCResultMSB[7:0]  
CRCResultLSB[7:0]  
Crypto1On  
CRCPresetLSB  
CRCPresetMSB  
SecondaryStatus  
CRCResultMSB  
CRCResultLSB  
Control  
7 to 0 23h  
7 to 0 24h  
5
05h  
7 to 0 0Eh  
7 to 0 0Dh  
3
09h  
DecoderSource[1:0]  
E2Ready  
RxControl2  
1 to 0 1Eh  
SecondaryStatus  
TypeBFraming  
PrimaryStatus  
FIFOData  
6
5
2
05h  
17h  
03h  
EOFWidth  
Err  
FIFOData[7:0]  
FIFOLength[6:0]  
FIFOOvfl  
7 to 0 02h  
6 to 0 04h  
FIFOLength  
ErrorFlag  
4
4
0
4
2
0Ah  
1Dh  
09h  
11h  
0Ah  
FilterAmpDet  
FlushFIFO  
BPSKDemControl  
Control  
Force100ASK  
FramingErr  
Gain[1:0]  
TxControl  
ErrorFlag  
RxControl1  
1 to 0 19h  
5 to 0 12h  
5 to 0 13h  
GsCfgCW[5:0]  
GsCfgMod[5:0]  
HiAlert  
CwConductance  
ModConductance  
PrimaryStatus  
InterruptEn  
1
1
1
2
2
03h  
06h  
07h  
06h  
07h  
HiAlertIEn  
HiAlertIRq  
InterruptRq  
IdleIEn  
InterruptEn  
IdleIRq  
InterruptRq  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
45 of 117  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 38. MFRC531 register flags overview …continued  
Flag(s)  
Register  
Bit  
7
Address  
01h  
IFDetectBusy  
IRq  
Command  
PrimaryStatus  
IRQPinConfig  
IRQPinConfig  
RxControl1  
3
03h  
IRQInv  
1
2Dh  
IRQPushPull  
ISO Selection[1:0]  
KeyErr  
0
2Dh  
4 to 3 19h  
ErrorFlag  
6
0
0
0
2
0Ah  
03h  
06h  
07h  
19h  
LoAlert  
PrimaryStatus  
InterruptEn  
LoAlertIEn  
LoAlertIRq  
InterruptRq  
LPOff  
RxControl1  
MFOUTSelect[2:0]  
MinLevel[3:0]  
ModemState[2:0]  
ModulatorSource[1:0]  
ModWidth[7:0]  
NoRxEGT  
MFOUTSelect  
RxThreshold  
PrimaryStatus  
TxControl  
2 to 0 26h  
7 to 4 1Ch  
6 to 4 03h  
6 to 5 11h  
7 to 0 15h  
ModWidth  
BPSKDemControl  
BPSKDemControl  
BPSKDemControl  
TypeBFraming  
TypeBFraming  
Page  
6
5
7
6
7
1Dh  
1Dh  
1Dh  
17h  
17h  
NoRxEOF  
NoRxSOF  
NoTxEOF  
NoTxSOF  
PageSelect[2:0]  
2 to 0 00h, 08h, 10h, 18h, 20h, 28h, 30h  
and 38h  
ParityEn  
ChannelRedundancy  
ErrorFlag  
0
1
1
4
7
22h  
0Ah  
22h  
09h  
1Eh  
ParityErr  
ParityOdd  
PowerDown  
RcvClkSelI  
RxAlign[2:0]  
RxAutoPD  
RxCRCEn  
RxCoding  
RxFraming[1:0]  
RxIEn  
ChannelRedundancy  
Control  
RxControl2  
BitFraming  
6 to 4 0Fh  
RxControl2  
6
3
0
1Eh  
22h  
1Ah  
ChannelRedundancy  
DecoderControl  
DecoderControl  
InterruptEn  
4 to 3 1Ah  
3
3
06h  
07h  
RxIRq  
InterruptRq  
RxLastBits[2:0]  
RxMultiple  
RxWait[7:0]  
SetIEn  
SecondaryStatus  
DecoderControl  
RxWait  
2 to 0 05h  
1Ah  
7 to 0 21h  
6
InterruptEn  
7
7
7
06h  
07h  
3Dh  
SetIRq  
InterruptRq  
SignalToMFOUT  
SOFWidth[1:0]  
TestDigiSelect  
TypeBFraming  
1 to 0 17h  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
46 of 117  
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 38. MFRC531 register flags overview …continued  
Flag(s)  
Register  
Bit  
Address  
StandBy  
Control  
5
09h  
SubCPulses[2:0]  
TauB[1:0]  
RxControl1  
BPSKDemControl  
BPSKDemControl  
TimerClock  
TestAnaSelect  
TestDigiSelect  
InterruptEn  
InterruptRq  
TimerValue  
TimeSlotPeriod  
MFOUTSelect  
TimerClock  
TimerReload  
SecondaryStatus  
TimerControl  
TimerControl  
Control  
7 to 5 19h  
1 to 0 1Dh  
3 to 2 1Dh  
TauD[1:0]  
TAutoRestart  
TestAnaOutSel[4:0]  
TestDigiSignalSel[6:0]  
TimerIEn  
5
2Ah  
3 to 0 3Ah  
6 to 0 3Dh  
5
5
06h  
07h  
TimerIRq  
TimerValue[7:0]  
TimeSlotPeriod[7:0]  
TimeSlotPeriodMSB  
TPreScaler[4:0]  
TReloadValue[7:0]  
TRunning  
7 to 0 0Ch  
7 to 0 25h  
4
26h  
4 to 0 2Ah  
7 to 0 2Ch  
7
0
1
1
2
3
2
0
3
3
1
05h  
2Bh  
2Bh  
09h  
2Bh  
2Bh  
09h  
11h  
11h  
11h  
11h  
TStartTxBegin  
TStartTxEnd  
TStartNow  
TStopRxBegin  
TStopRxEnd  
TStopNow  
TimerControl  
TimerControl  
Control  
TX1RFEn  
TxControl  
TX2Cw  
TxControl  
TX2Inv  
TxControl  
TX2RFEn  
TxControl  
TxCoding[2:0]  
TxCRCEn  
CoderControl  
ChannelRedundancy  
InterruptEn  
InterruptRq  
BitFraming  
2 to 0 14h  
2
4
4
22h  
06h  
07h  
TxIEn  
TxIRq  
TxLastBits[2:0]  
UsePageSelect  
2 to 0 0Fh  
00h, 08h, 10h, 18h, 20h, 28h, 30h  
and 38h  
5 to 0 29h  
1Ah, bit 5  
Page  
7
WaterLevel[5:0]  
ZeroAfterColl  
FIFOLevel  
DecoderControl  
7
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
47 of 117  
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5 Register descriptions  
10.5.1 Page 0: Command and status  
10.5.1.1 Page register  
Selects the page register.  
Table 39. Page register (address: 00h, 08h, 10h, 18h, 20h, 28h, 30h, 38h)  
reset value: 1000 0000b, 80h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
UsePageSelect  
R/W  
0000  
R/W  
PageSelect[2:0]  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 40. Page register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value Description  
7
UsePageSelect  
1
the value of PageSelect[2:0] is used as the register address  
A5, A4, and A3. The LSBs of the register address are  
defined using the address pins or the internal address latch,  
respectively.  
0
-
the complete content of the internal address latch defines  
the register address. The address pins are used as  
described in Table 5 on page 8.  
6 to 3  
2 to 0  
0000  
reserved  
PageSelect[2:0] -  
when UsePageSelect = logic 1, the value of PageSelect is  
used to specify the register page (A5, A4 and A3 of the  
register address)  
10.5.1.2 Command register  
Starts and stops the command execution.  
Table 41. Command register (address: 01h) reset value: x000 0000b, x0h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
IFDetectBusy  
R
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
Command[5:0]  
D
R
Table 42. Command register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value Description  
7
IFDetectBusy  
-
shows the status of interface detection logic  
interface detection finished successfully  
interface detection ongoing  
reserved  
0
1
-
6
0
5 to 0  
Command[5:0]  
-
activates a command based on the Command code.  
Reading this register shows which command is being  
executed.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
48 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.1.3 FIFOData register  
Input and output of the 64 byte FIFO buffer.  
Table 43. FIFOData register (address: 02h) reset value: xxxx xxxxb, 05h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
FIFOData[7:0]  
D
Table 44. FIFOData register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
7 to 0  
FIFOData[7:0] data input and output port for the internal 64-byte FIFO buffer. The FIFO  
buffer acts as a parallel in to parallel out converter for all data streams.  
10.5.1.4 PrimaryStatus register  
Bits relating to receiver, transmitter and FIFO buffer status flags.  
Table 45. PrimaryStatus register (address: 03h) reset value: 0000 0101b, 05h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
0
6
5
4
3
IRq  
R
2
Err  
R
1
HiAlert  
R
0
LoAlert  
R
Symbol  
Access  
ModemState[2:0]  
R
R
Table 46. PrimaryStatus register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value Status  
Description  
7
0
-
reserved  
6 to 4 ModemState[2:0]  
shows the state of the transmitter and receiver  
state machines:  
000  
Idle  
neither the transmitter or receiver are operating;  
neither of them are started or have input data  
001  
010  
TxSOF  
TxData  
transmit start of frame pattern  
transmit data from the FIFO buffer (or  
redundancy CRC check bits)  
011  
100  
TxEOF  
transmit End Of Frame (EOF) pattern  
GoToRx1  
GoToRx2  
PrepareRx  
intermediate state 1; receiver starts  
intermediate state 2; receiver finishes  
101  
110  
waiting until the RxWait register time period  
expires  
AwaitingRx  
Receiving  
receiver activated; waiting for an input signal on  
pin RX  
111  
-
receiving data  
3
IRq  
shows any interrupt source requesting attention  
based on the InterruptEn register flag settings  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
49 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 46. PrimaryStatus register bit descriptions …continued  
Bit  
2
Symbol  
Err  
Value Status  
Description  
1
1
any error flag in the ErrorFlag register is set  
1
HiAlert  
the alert level for the number of bytes in the FIFO  
buffer (FIFOLength[6:0]) is:  
HiAlert = 64 FIFOLength  WaterLevel  
otherwise value = logic 0  
Example:  
FIFOLength = 60, WaterLevel = 4 then  
HiAlert = logic 1  
FIFOLength = 59, WaterLevel = 4 then  
HiAlert = logic 0  
0
LoAlert  
1
the alert level for number of bytes in the FIFO  
buffer (FIFOLength[6:0]) is:  
LoAlert = FIFOLength WaterLevel otherwise  
value = logic 0  
Example:  
FIFOLength = 4, WaterLevel = 4 then  
LoAlert = logic 1  
FIFOLength = 5, WaterLevel = 4 then  
LoAlert = logic 0  
10.5.1.5 FIFOLength register  
Number of bytes in the FIFO buffer.  
Table 47. FIFOLength register (address: 04h) reset value: 0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
FIFOLength[6:0]  
R
R
Table 48. FIFOLength bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
7
0
reserved  
6 to 0 FIFOLength[6:0]  
gives the number of bytes stored in the FIFO buffer. Writing  
increments the FIFOLength register value while reading decrements  
the FIFOLength register value  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
50 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.1.6 SecondaryStatus register  
Various secondary status flags.  
Table 49. SecondaryStatus register (address: 05h) reset value: 01100 000b, 60h bit  
allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
TRunning E2Ready CRCReady  
00  
R
RxLastBits[2:0]  
R
R
R
R
Table 50. SecondaryStatus register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value Description  
7
TRunning  
1
the timer unit is running and the counter decrements the  
TimerValue register on the next timer clock cycle  
0
1
0
1
0
-
the timer unit is not running  
EEPROM programming is finished  
EEPROM programming is ongoing  
CRC calculation is finished  
CRC calculation is ongoing  
reserved  
6
5
E2Ready  
CRCReady  
4 to 3 00  
2 to 0 RxLastBits[2:0]  
-
shows the number of valid bits in the last received byte. If zero,  
the whole byte is valid  
10.5.1.7 InterruptEn register  
Control bits to enable and disable passing of interrupt requests.  
Table 51. InterruptEn register (address: 06h) reset value: 0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
SetIEn  
W
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
TimerIEn  
R/W  
TxIEn  
R/W  
RxIEn IdleIEn HiAlertIEn LoAlertIEn  
R/W R/W R/W R/W  
R/W  
Table 52. InterruptEn register bit descriptions  
Bit Symbol Value Description  
7
SetIEn  
1
0
-
indicates that the marked bits in the InterruptEn register are set  
clears the marked bits  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
reserved  
TimerIEn  
TxIEn  
-
sends the TimerIRq timer interrupt request to pin IRQ[1]  
sends the TxIRq transmitter interrupt request to pin IRQ[1]  
sends the RxIRq receiver interrupt request to pin IRQ[1]  
sends the IdleIRq idle interrupt request to pin IRQ[1]  
sends the HiAlertIRq high alert interrupt request to pin IRQ[1]  
sends the LoAlertIRq low alert interrupt request to pin IRQ[1]  
-
RxIEn  
IdleIEn  
HiAlertIEn  
-
-
-
LoAlertIEn -  
[1] This bit can only be set or cleared using bit SetIEn.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
51 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.1.8 InterruptRq register  
Interrupt request flags.  
Table 53. InterruptRq register (address: 07h) reset value: 0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
SetIRq  
W
6
0
5
TimerIRq  
D
4
TxIRq  
D
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
RxIRq IdleIRq HiAlertIRq LoAlertIRq  
R/W  
D
D
D
D
Table 54. InterruptRq register bit descriptions  
Bit Symbol Value Description  
7
SetIRq  
1
0
-
sets the marked bits in the InterruptRq register  
clears the marked bits in the InterruptRq register  
reserved  
6
5
0
TimerIRq  
1
0
1
timer decrements the TimerValue register to zero  
timer decrements are still greater than zero  
4
TxIRq  
TxIRq is set to logic 1 if one of the following events occurs:  
Transceive command; all data transmitted  
Authent1 and Authent2 commands; all data transmitted  
WriteE2 command; all data is programmed  
CalcCRC command; all data is processed  
0
when not acted on by Transceive, Authent1, Authent2, WriteE2 or  
CalcCRC commands  
3
2
RxIRq  
1
0
1
the receiver terminates  
reception still ongoing  
IdleIRq  
command terminates correctly. For example; when the Command  
register changes its value from any command to the Idle command.  
If an unknown command is started the IdleIRq bit is set.  
Microprocessor start-up of the Idle command does not set the  
IdleIRq bit.  
0
1
0
1
0
IdleIRq = logic 0 in all other instances  
PrimaryStatus register HiAlert bit is set[1]  
PrimaryStatus register HiAlert bit is not set  
PrimaryStatus register LoAlert bit is set[1]  
PrimaryStatus register LoAlert bit is not set  
1
0
HiAlertIRq  
LoAlertIRq  
[1] PrimaryStatus register Bit HiAlertIRq stores this event and it can only be reset using bit SetIRq.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
52 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.2 Page 1: Control and status  
10.5.2.1 Page register  
Selects the page register; see Section 10.5.1.1 “Page register” on page 48.  
10.5.2.2 Control register  
Various control flags, for timer, power saving, etc.  
Table 55. Control register (address: 09h) reset value: 0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
00  
StandBy PowerDown Crypto1On TStopNow TStartNow FlushFIFO  
R/W  
D
D
D
D
D
D
Table 56. Control register bit descriptions  
Bit Symbol Value Description  
7 to 6 00  
-
reserved  
5
4
3
StandBy  
1
activates Standby mode. The current consuming blocks are  
switched off but the clock keeps running  
PowerDown  
Crypto1On  
1
1
activates Power-down mode. The current consuming blocks  
are switched off including the clock  
Crypto1 unit is switched on and all data communication with  
the card is encrypted. This bit can only be set to logic 1 by  
successful execution of the Authent2 command  
0
1
1
1
Crypto1 unit is switched off. All data communication with the  
card is unencrypted (plain)  
2
1
0
TStopNow  
TStartNow  
FlushFIFO  
immediately stops the timer. Reading this bit always returns  
logic 0  
immediately starts the timer. Reading this bit will always  
returns logic 0  
immediately clears the internal FIFO buffer’s read and write  
pointer, the FIFOLength[6:0] bits and FIFOOvfl flag are set to  
logic 0. Reading this bit always returns logic 0  
10.5.2.3 ErrorFlag register  
Error flags show the error status of the last executed command.  
Table 57. ErrorFlag register (address: 0Ah) reset value: 0100 0000b, 40h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
KeyErr AccessErr FIFOOvfl CRCErr FramingErr ParityErr CollErr  
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Table 58. ErrorFlag register bit descriptions  
Bit Symbol Value Description  
7
6
0
-
reserved  
KeyErr  
1
set when the LoadKeyE2 or LoadKey command recognize that the  
input data is not encoded based on the Key format definition  
0
set when the LoadKeyE2 or the LoadKey command starts  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
53 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 58. ErrorFlag register bit descriptions …continued  
Bit Symbol Value Description  
5
AccessErr  
1
0
1
set when the access rights to the EEPROM are violated  
set when an EEPROM related command starts  
4
3
FIFOOvfl  
CRCErr  
set when the microprocessor or MFRC531 internal state machine  
(e.g. receiver) tries to write data to the FIFO buffer when it is full  
1
0
set when RxCRCEn is set and the CRC fails  
automatically set during the PrepareRx state in the receiver start  
phase  
2
1
0
FramingErr  
ParityErr  
CollErr  
1
0
set when the SOF is incorrect  
automatically set during the PrepareRx state in the receiver start  
phase  
1
0
set when the parity check fails  
automatically set during the PrepareRx state in the receiver start  
phase  
set when a bit-collision is detected[1]  
1
0
automatically set during the PrepareRx state in the receiver start  
phase[1]  
[1] Only valid for communication using ISO/IEC 14443 A.  
10.5.2.4 CollPos register  
Bit position of the first bit-collision detected on the RF interface.  
Table 59. CollPos register (address: 0Bh) reset value: 0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
CollPos[7:0]  
R
Table 60. CollPos register bit descriptions  
Bit Symbol Description  
7 to 0 CollPos[7:0] this register shows the bit position of the first detected collision in a  
received frame.  
Example:  
00h indicates a bit collision in the start bit  
01h indicates a bit collision in the 1st bit  
...  
08h indicates a bit collision in the 8th bit  
Remark: A bit collision is not indicated in the CollPos register when using the  
ISO/IEC 14443 B protocol standard.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
54 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.2.5 TimerValue register  
Value of the timer.  
Table 61. TimerValue register (address: 0Ch) reset value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
TimerValue[7:0]  
R
Table 62. TimerValue register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
7 to 0  
TimerValue[7:0] this register shows the timer counter value  
10.5.2.6 CRCResultLSB register  
LSB of the CRC coprocessor register.  
Table 63. CRCResultLSB register (address: 0Dh) reset value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit  
allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
CRCResultLSB[7:0]  
R
Table 64. CRCResultLSB register bit descriptions  
Bit Symbol Description  
7 to 0 CRCResultLSB[7:0] gives the CRC register’s least significant byte value; only valid if  
CRCReady = logic 1  
10.5.2.7 CRCResultMSB register  
MSB of the CRC coprocessor register.  
Table 65. CRCResultMSB register (address: 0Eh) reset value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit  
allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
CRCResultMSB[7:0]  
R
Table 66. CRCResultMSB register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
7 to 0  
CRCResultMSB[7:0] gives the CRC register’s most significant byte value; only valid if  
CRCReady = logic 1.  
The register’s value is undefined for 8-bit CRC calculation.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
55 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.2.8 BitFraming register  
Adjustments for bit oriented frames.  
Table 67. BitFraming register (address: 0Fh) reset value: 0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
0
6
5
RxAlign[2:0]  
D
4
3
0
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
TxLastBits[2:0]  
D
R/W  
R/W  
Table 68. BitFraming register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value Description  
7
0
-
reserved  
6 to 4 RxAlign[2:0]  
defines the bit position for the first bit received to be stored in  
the FIFO buffer. Additional received bits are stored in the next  
subsequent bit positions. After reception, RxAlign[2:0] is  
automatically cleared. For example:  
000  
001  
the LSB of the received bit is stored in bit position 0 and the  
second received bit is stored in bit position 1  
the LSB of the received bit is stored in bit position 1, the  
second received bit is stored in bit position 2  
...  
111  
the LSB of the received bit is stored in bit position 7, the  
second received bit is stored in the next byte in bit position 0  
3
0
-
-
reserved  
2 to 0 TxLastBits[2:0]  
defines the number of bits of the last byte that shall be  
transmitted. 000 indicates that all bits of the last byte will be  
transmitted. TxLastBits[2:0] is automatically cleared after  
transmission.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
56 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.3 Page 2: Transmitter and control  
10.5.3.1 Page register  
Selects the page register; see Section 10.5.1.1 “Page register” on page 48.  
10.5.3.2 TxControl register  
Controls the logical behavior of the antenna pin TX1 and TX2.  
Table 69. TxControl register (address: 11h) reset value: 0101 1000b, 58h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
0
ModulatorSource  
[1:0]  
Force  
100ASK  
TX2Inv TX2Cw TX2RFEn TX1RFEn  
Access  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W R/W R/W R/W  
Table 70. TxControl register bit descriptions  
Bit  
7
Symbol  
Value Description  
0
-
this value must not be changed  
6 to 5  
ModulatorSource[1:0]  
selects the source for the modulator input:  
modulator input is LOW  
00  
01  
10  
11  
-
modulator input is HIGH  
modulator input is the internal encoder  
modulator input is pin MFIN  
4
3
2
Force100ASK  
TX2Inv  
forces a 100 % ASK modulation independent  
ModConductance register setting  
0
1
delivers an inverted 13.56 MHz energy carrier output  
signal on pin TX2  
TX2Cw  
delivers a continuously unmodulated 13.56 MHz  
energy carrier output signal on pin TX2  
0
1
enables modulation of the 13.56 MHz energy carrier  
1
0
TX2RFEn  
TX1RFEn  
the output signal on pin TX2 is the 13.56 MHz energy  
carrier modulated by the transmission data  
0
1
TX2 is driven at a constant output level  
the output signal on pin TX1 is the 13.56 MHz energy  
carrier modulated by the transmission data  
0
TX1 is driven at a constant output level  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
57 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.3.3 CwConductance register  
Selects the conductance of the antenna driver pins TX1 and TX2.  
Table 71. CwConductance register (address: 12h) reset value: 0011 1111b, 3Fh bit  
allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
00  
GsCfgCW[5:0]  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 72. CwConductance register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
these values must not be changed  
7 to 6  
5 to 0  
00  
GsCfgCW[5:0] defines the conductance register value for the output driver. This  
can be used to regulate the output power/current consumption and  
operating distance.  
See Section 9.9.3 on page 30 for detailed information about GsCfgCW[5:0].  
10.5.3.4 ModConductance register  
Defines the driver output conductance.  
Table 73. ModConductance register (address: 13h) reset value: 0011 1111b, 3Fh bit  
allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
00  
GsCfgMod[5:0]  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 74. ModConductance register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
00  
Description  
these values must not be changed  
7 to 6  
5 to 0  
GsCfgMod[5:0]  
defines the ModConductance register value for the output  
driver during modulation. This is used to regulate the  
modulation index.  
Remark: When Force100ASK = logic 1, the GsCfgMod[5:0] value has no effect.  
See Section 9.9.3 on page 30 for detailed information about GsCfgMod[5:0].  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
58 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.3.5 CoderControl register  
Sets the clock rate and the coding mode.  
Table 75. CoderControl register (address: 14h) reset value: 0001 1001b, 19h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
CoderRate[2:0]  
R/W  
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
00  
TxCoding[2:0]  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 76. CoderControl register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value  
Description  
these values must not be changed  
7 to 6 00  
-
5 to 3 CoderRate[2:0]  
this register defines the clock rate for the encoder circuit  
MIFARE 848 kBd  
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
111  
MIFARE 424 kBd  
MIFARE 212 kBd  
MIFARE 106 kBd; ISO/IEC 14443 A  
ISO/IEC 14443 B  
reserved  
2 to 0 TxCoding[2:0]  
this register defines the bit encoding mode and framing during  
transmission  
000  
001  
010  
011  
NRZ according to ISO/IEC 14443 B  
MIFARE, ISO/IEC 14443 A, (Miller coded)  
reserved  
reserved  
10.5.3.6 ModWidth register  
Selects the pulse modulation width.  
Table 77. ModWidth register (address: 15h) reset value: 0001 0011b, 13h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
ModWidth[7:0]  
R/W  
Table 78. ModWidth register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
7 to 0  
ModWidth[7:0]  
defines the width of the modulation pulse based on  
tmod = 2(ModWidth + 1) / fclk  
10.5.3.7 PreSet16 register  
Table 79. PreSet16 register (address: 16h) reset value: 0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
PreSet16[7:0]  
R/W  
Remark: These values must not be changed.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
59 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.3.8 TypeBFraming  
Defines the framing for ISO/IEC 14443 B communication.  
Table 80. TypeBFraming register (address: 17h) reset value: 0011 1011b, 3Bh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
NoTxSOF NoTxEOF EOFWidth  
R/W R/W R/W  
CharSpacing[2:0]  
R/W  
SOFWidth[1:0]  
R/W  
Table 81. TypeBFraming register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value Description  
7
NoTxSOF  
1
0
1
0
1
0
TxCoder suppresses the SOF  
TxCoder does not suppress SOF  
TxCoder suppresses the EOF  
6
5
NoTxEOF  
EOFWidth  
TxCoder does not suppress the EOF  
set the EOF to a length to 11 ETU  
set the EOF to a length of 10 ETU  
set the EGT length between 0 and 7 ETU  
4 to 2 CharSpacing[2:0]  
1 to 0 SOFWidth[1:0]  
00  
01  
10  
11  
sets the SOF to a length to 10 ETU LOW and 2 ETU HIGH  
sets the SOF to a length of 10 ETU LOW and 3 ETU HIGH  
sets the SOF to a length of 11 ETU LOW and 2 ETU HIGH  
sets the SOF to a length of 11 ETU LOW and 3 ETU HIGH  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
60 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.4 Page 3: Receiver and decoder control  
10.5.4.1 Page register  
Selects the page register; see Section 10.5.1.1 “Page register” on page 48.  
10.5.4.2 RxControl1 register  
Controls receiver operation.  
Table 82. RxControl1 register (address: 19h) reset value: 0111 0011b, 73h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
SubCPulses[2:0]  
R/W  
ISOSelection[1:0]  
R/W  
LPOff  
R/W  
Gain[1:0]  
R/W  
Table 83. RxControl1 register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value Description  
7 to 5  
defines the number of subcarrier pulses for each bit  
1 pulse for each bit  
SubCPulses[2:0]  
000  
001  
010  
011  
2 pulses for each bit  
4 pulses for each bit  
8 pulses for each bit ISO/IEC 14443 A and  
ISO/IEC 14443 B  
101  
110  
111  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
4 to 3 ISOSelection[1:0]  
used to select the communication protocol  
reserved  
00  
10  
11  
ISO/IEC 14443 A and ISO/IEC 14443 B  
reserved  
2
LPOff  
switches off a low-pass filter at the internal amplifier  
defines the receiver’s signal voltage gain factor  
20 dB gain factor  
1 to 0 Gain[1:0]  
00  
01  
10  
11  
24 dB gain factor  
31 dB gain factor  
35 dB gain factor  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
61 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.4.3 DecoderControl register  
Controls decoder operation.  
Table 84. DecoderControl register (address: 1Ah) reset value: 0000 1000b, 08h bit  
allocation  
Bit  
7
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
RxMultiple ZeroAfterColl RxFraming[1:0]  
R/W R/W R/W  
00  
RxCoding  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 85. DecoderControl register bit descriptions  
Bit  
7
Symbol  
0
Value Description  
-
this value must not be changed  
6
RxMultiple  
0
1
1
after receiving one frame, the receiver is deactivated  
enables reception of more than one frame  
5
ZeroAfterColl  
any bits received after a bit-collision are masked to zero. This  
helps to resolve the anti-collision procedure as defined in  
ISO/IEC 14443 A  
4 to 3 RxFraming[1:0] 01  
MIFARE or ISO/IEC 14443 A  
this value must not be changed  
Manchester encoding  
2 to 1 00  
-
0
RxCoding  
0
1
BPSK encoding  
10.5.4.4 BitPhase register  
Selects the bit-phase between transmitter and receiver clock.  
Table 86. BitPhase register (address: 1Bh) reset value: 1010 1101b, ADh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
BitPhase[7:0]  
R/W  
Table 87. BitPhase register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
7 to 0  
BitPhase  
defines the phase relationship between transmitter and receiver clock  
Remark: The correct value of this register is essential for proper  
operation.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
62 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.4.5 RxThreshold register  
Selects thresholds for the bit decoder.  
Table 88. RxThreshold register (address: 1Ch) reset value: 1111 1111b, FFh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
MinLevel[3:0]  
R/W  
CollLevel[3:0]  
R/W  
Table 89. RxThreshold register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
7 to 4  
MinLevel[3:0]  
the minimum signal strength the decoder will accept. If the signal  
strength is below this level, it is not evaluated.  
3 to 0  
CollLevel[3:0]  
the minimum signal strength the decoder input that must be reached  
by the weaker half-bit of the Manchester encoded signal to generate  
a bit-collision (relative to the amplitude of the stronger half-bit)  
10.5.4.6 BPSKDemControl  
Controls BPSK demodulation.  
Table 90. BPSKDemControl register (address: 1Dh) reset value: 0001 1110b, 1Eh bit  
allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
NoRxSOF NoRxEGT NoRxEOF FilterAmpDet  
R/W R/W R/W R/W  
TauD[1:0]  
R/W  
TauB[1:0]  
R/W  
Table 91. BPSKDemControl register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value Description  
7
NoRxSOF  
1
0
1
0
1
0
a missing SOF in the received data stream is ignored and no  
framing errors are indicated  
a missing SOF in the received data stream generates framing  
errors  
6
5
4
NoRxEGT  
NoRxEOF  
FilterAmpDet  
an EGT which is too short or too long in the received data stream  
is ignored and no framing errors are indicated  
an EGT which is too short or too long in the received data stream  
will cause framing errors  
a missing EOF in the received data stream is ignored and no  
framing errors indicated  
a missing EOF in the receiving data stream produces framing  
errors  
-
-
switches on a high-pass filter for amplitude detection  
3 to 2 TauD[1:0]  
changes the time constant of the internal PLL whilst receiving  
data  
1 to 0 TauB[1:0]  
-
changes the time constant of the internal PLL during data bursts  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
63 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.4.7 RxControl2 register  
Controls decoder behavior and defines the input source for the receiver.  
Table 92. RxControl2 register (address: 1Eh) reset value: 0100 0001b, 41h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
RcvClkSelI RxAutoPD  
R/W R/W  
0000  
R/W  
DecoderSource[1:0]  
R/W  
Table 93. RxControl2 register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value Description  
7
RcvClkSelI  
1
0
1
I-clock is used as the receiver clock[1]  
Q-clock is used as the receiver clock[1]  
6
RxAutoPD  
receiver circuit is automatically switched on before  
receiving and switched off afterwards. This can be used to  
reduce current consumption.  
0
-
receiver is always activated  
these values must not be changed  
selects the source for the decoder input  
LOW  
5 to 2 0000  
1 to 0 DecoderSource[1:0]  
00  
01  
10  
internal demodulator  
a subcarrier modulated Manchester encoded signal on  
pin MFIN  
11  
a baseband Manchester encoded signal on pin MFIN  
[1] I-clock and Q-clock are 90phase-shifted from each other.  
10.5.4.8 ClockQControl register  
Controls clock generation for the 90phase-shifted Q-clock.  
Table 94. ClockQControl register (address: 1Fh) reset value: 000x xxxxb, xxh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
0
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
ClkQ180Deg ClkQCalib  
R/W  
ClkQDelay[4:0]  
D
R
R/W  
Table 95. ClockQControl register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value Description  
7
ClkQ180Deg  
1
0
0
Q-clock is phase-shifted more than 180compared to the  
I-clock  
Q-clock is phase-shifted less than 180compared to the  
I-clock  
6
ClkQCalib  
Q-clock is automatically calibrated after the reset phase and  
after data reception from the card  
1
-
no calibration is performed automatically  
this value must not be changed  
5
0
4 to 0  
ClkQDelay[4:0]  
-
this register shows the number of delay elements used to  
generate a 90phase-shift of the I-clock to obtain the  
Q-clock. It can be written directly by the microprocessor or  
by the automatic calibration cycle.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
64 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.5 Page 4: RF Timing and channel redundancy  
10.5.5.1 Page register  
Selects the page register; see Section 10.5.1.1 “Page register” on page 48.  
10.5.5.2 RxWait register  
Selects the time interval after transmission, before the receiver starts.  
Table 96. RxWait register (address: 21h) reset value: 0000 0101b, 06h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
RxWait[7:0]  
R/W  
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
Table 97. RxWait register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Function  
7 to 0  
RxWait[7:0]  
after data transmission, the activation of the receiver is delayed  
for RxWait bit-clock cycles. During this frame guard time any  
signal on pin RX is ignored.  
10.5.5.3 ChannelRedundancy register  
Selects kind and mode of checking the data integrity on the RF channel.  
Table 98. ChannelRedundancy register (address: 22h) reset value: 0000 0011b, 03h bit  
allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
00  
R/W R/W  
CRC3309  
R/W  
CRC8 RxCRCEn TxCRCEn ParityOdd ParityEn  
R/W R/W R/W R/W R/W  
Table 99. ChannelRedundancy bit descriptions  
Bit Symbol Value Function  
7 to 6 00  
-
this value must not be changed  
5
CRC3309  
1
CRC calculation is performed using ISO/IEC 3309  
(ISO/IEC 14443 B)  
0
1
0
1
CRC calculation is performed using ISO/IEC 14443 A  
an 8-bit CRC is calculated  
4
3
CRC8  
a 16-bit CRC is calculated  
RxCRCEn  
the last byte(s) of a received frame are interpreted as CRC bytes. If  
the CRC is correct, the CRC bytes are not passed to the FIFO. If  
the CRC bytes are incorrect, the CRCErr flag is set.  
0
1
no CRC is expected  
2
TxCRCEn  
a CRC is calculated over the transmitted data and the CRC bytes  
are appended to the data stream  
0
no CRC is transmitted  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
65 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 99. ChannelRedundancy bit descriptions …continued  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value Function  
1
ParityOdd  
1
0
1
odd parity is generated or expected[1]  
even parity is generated or expected  
0
ParityEn  
a parity bit is inserted in the transmitted data stream after each byte  
and expected in the received data stream after each byte (MIFARE,  
ISO/IEC 14443 A)  
0
no parity bit is inserted or expected (ISO/IEC 14443 B)  
[1] When used with ISO/IEC 14443 A, this bit must be set to logic 1.  
10.5.5.4 CRCPresetLSB register  
LSB of the preset value for the CRC register.  
Table 100. CRCPresetLSB register (address: 23h) reset value: 0101 0011b, 63h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
CRCPresetLSB[7:0]  
R/W  
Table 101. CRCPresetLSB register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Description  
7 to 0  
CRCPresetLSB[7:0] defines the start value for CRC calculation. This value is loaded  
into the CRC at the beginning of transmission, reception and  
the CalcCRC command (if CRC calculation is enabled).  
10.5.5.5 CRCPresetMSB register  
MSB of the preset value for the CRC register.  
Table 102. CRCPresetMSB register (address: 24h) reset value: 0101 0011b, 63h bit  
allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
CRCPresetMSB[7:0]  
R/W  
Table 103. CRCPresetMSB bit descriptions  
Bit Symbol Description  
7 to 0 CRCPresetMSB[7:0]  
defines the starting value for CRC calculation. This value is  
loaded into the CRC at the beginning of transmission, reception  
and the CalcCRC command (if the CRC calculation is enabled)  
Remark: This register is not relevant if CRC8 is set to logic 1.  
10.5.5.6 PreSet25 register  
Table 104. PreSet25 register (address: 25h) reset value: 0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
0000000  
RW  
Remark: These values must not be changed.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
66 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.5.7 MFOUTSelect register  
Selects the internal signal applied to pin MFOUT.  
Table 105. MFOUTSelect register (address: 26h) reset value: 0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
00000  
R/W  
MFOUTSelect[2:0]  
R/W  
Table 106. MFOUTSelect register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value  
Description  
7 to 3 00000  
-
these values must not be changed  
defines which signal is routed to pin MFOUT:  
constant LOW  
2 to 0 MFOUTSelect[2:0]  
000  
001  
010  
constant HIGH  
modulation signal (envelope) from the internal  
encoder, (Miller coded)  
011  
100  
serial data stream, not Miller encoded  
output signal of the energy carrier demodulator (card  
modulation signal)[1]  
101  
output signal of the subcarrier demodulator  
(Manchester encoded card signal)[1]  
110  
111  
reserved  
reserved  
[1] Only valid for MIFARE and ISO/IEC 14443 A communication at 106 kBd.  
10.5.5.8 PreSet27 register  
Table 107. PreSet27 (address: 27h) reset value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
x
6
x
5
x
4
x
3
x
2
x
1
x
0
x
Symbol  
Access  
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
67 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.6 Page 5: FIFO, timer and IRQ pin configuration  
10.5.6.1 Page register  
Selects the page register; see Section 10.5.1.1 “Page register” on page 48.  
10.5.6.2 FIFOLevel register  
Defines the levels for FIFO underflow and overflow warning.  
Table 108. FIFOLevel register (address: 29h) reset value: 0000 1000b, 08h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
00  
WaterLevel[5:0]  
R/W  
R/W  
Table 109. FIFOLevel register bit descriptions  
Bit Symbol Description  
7 to 6 00 these values must not be changed  
5 to 0 WaterLevel[5:0] defines, the warning level of a FIFO buffer overflow or underflow:  
HiAlert is set to logic 1, if the remaining FIFO buffer space is equal to  
or less than the WaterLevel[5:0] bits in the FIFO buffer.  
LoAlert is set to logic 1, if equal to or less than the WaterLevel[5:0] bits  
in the FIFO buffer.  
10.5.6.3 TimerClock register  
Selects the divider for the timer clock.  
Table 110. TimerClock register (address: 2Ah) reset value: 0000 0111b, 07h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
00  
TAutoRestart  
RW  
TPreScaler[4:0]  
RW  
RW  
Table 111. TimerClock register bit descriptions  
Bit Symbol Value Function  
7 to 6 00  
-
these values must not be changed  
5
TAutoRestart  
1
the timer automatically restarts its countdown from the  
TReloadValue[7:0] instead of counting down to zero  
0
-
the timer decrements to zero and register InterruptIrq  
TimerIRq bit is set to logic 1  
4 to 0 TPreScaler[4:0]  
defines the timer clock frequency (fTimerClock). The  
TPreScaler[4:0] can be adjusted from 0 to 21. The following  
formula is used to calculate the TimerClock frequency  
(fTimerClock):  
f
TimerClock = 13.56 MHz / 2TPreScaler [MHz]  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
68 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.6.4 TimerControl register  
Selects start and stop conditions for the timer.  
Table 112. TimerControl register (address: 2Bh) reset value: 0000 0110b, 06h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
0000  
R/W  
TStopRxEnd TStopRxBegin TStartTxEnd TStartTxBegin  
R/W R/W R/W R/W  
Table 113. TimerControl register bit descriptions  
Bit Symbol Value Description  
7 to 4 0000  
-
these values must not be changed  
3
2
1
TStopRxEnd  
1
0
1
0
1
the timer automatically stops when data reception ends  
the timer is not influenced by this condition  
TStopRxBegin  
TStartTxEnd  
the timer automatically stops when the first valid bit is received  
the timer is not influenced by this condition  
the timer automatically starts when data transmission ends. If  
the timer is already running, the timer restarts by loading  
TReloadValue[7:0] into the timer.  
0
1
the timer is not influenced by this condition  
0
TStartTxBegin  
the timer automatically starts when the first bit is transmitted. If  
the timer is already running, the timer restarts by loading  
TReloadValue[7:0] into the timer.  
0
the timer is not influenced by this condition  
10.5.6.5 TimerReload register  
Defines the preset value for the timer.  
Table 114. TimerReload register (address: 2Ch) reset value: 0000 1010b, 0Ah bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
TReloadValue[7:0]  
R/W  
Table 115. TimerReload register bit descriptions  
Bit Symbol Description  
7 to 0 TReloadValue[7:0] on a start event, the timer loads the TReloadValue[7:0] value.  
Changing this register only affects the timer on the next start event. If  
TReloadValue[7:0] is set to logic 0 the timer cannot start.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
69 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.6.6 IRQPinConfig register  
Configures the output stage for pin IRQ.  
Table 116. IRQPinConfig register (address: 2Dh) reset value: 0000 0010b, 02h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
000000  
R/W  
IRQInv IRQPushPull  
R/W R/W  
Table 117. IRQPinConfig register bit descriptions  
Bit  
7 to 2  
1
Symbol  
000000  
IRQInv  
Value Description  
-
these values must not be changed  
inverts the signal on pin IRQ with respect to bit IRq  
1
0
1
0
the signal on pin IRQ is not inverted and is the same as bit IRq  
pin IRQ functions as a standard CMOS output pad  
pin IRQ functions as an open-drain output pad  
0
IRQPushPull  
10.5.6.7 PreSet2E register  
Table 118. PreSet2E register (address: 2Eh) reset value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
x
6
x
5
x
4
x
3
x
2
x
1
x
0
x
Symbol  
Access  
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
10.5.6.8 PreSet2F register  
Table 119. PreSet2F register (address: 2Fh) reset value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
x
6
x
5
x
4
x
3
x
2
x
1
x
0
x
Symbol  
Access  
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
10.5.7 Page 6: reserved  
10.5.7.1 Page register  
Selects the page register; see Section 10.5.1.1 “Page register” on page 48.  
10.5.7.2 Reserved registers 31h, 32h, 33h, 34h, 35h, 36h and 37h  
Table 120. Reserved registers (address: 31h, 32h, 33h, 34h, 35h, 36h, 37h)  
reset value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
x
6
x
5
x
4
x
3
x
2
x
1
x
0
x
Symbol  
Access  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
R/W  
Remark: These registers are reserved for future use.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
70 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.8 Page 7: Test control  
10.5.8.1 Page register  
Selects the page register; see Section 10.5.1.1 “Page register” on page 48.  
10.5.8.2 Reserved register 39h  
Table 121. Reserved register (address: 39h) reset value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
x
6
x
5
x
4
x
3
x
2
x
1
x
0
x
Symbol  
Access  
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Remark: This register is reserved for future use.  
10.5.8.3 TestAnaSelect register  
Selects analog test signals.  
Table 122. TestAnaSelect register (address: 3Ah) reset value: 0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
0000  
W
TestAnaOutSel[4:0]  
W
Table 123. TestAnaSelect bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value Description  
7 to 4  
3 to 0  
0000  
-
these values must not be changed  
TestAnaOutSel[4:0]  
selects the internal analog signal to be routed to pin  
AUX. See Section 15.2.2 on page 103 for detailed  
information. The settings are as follows:  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
VMID  
Vbandgap  
VRxFollI  
VRxFollQ  
VRxAmpI  
VRxAmpQ  
VCorrNI  
VCorrNQ  
VCorrDI  
VCorrDQ  
VEvalL  
VEvalR  
VTemp  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
71 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.8.4 Reserved register 3Bh  
Table 124. Reserved register (address: 3Bh) reset value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
x
6
x
5
x
4
x
3
x
2
x
1
x
0
x
Symbol  
Access  
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Remark: This register is reserved for future use.  
10.5.8.5 Reserved register 3Ch  
Table 125. Reserved register (address: 3Ch) reset value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
x
6
x
5
x
4
x
3
x
2
x
1
x
0
x
Symbol  
Access  
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Remark: This register is reserved for future use.  
10.5.8.6 TestDigiSelect register  
Selects digital test mode.  
Table 126. TestDigiSelect register (address: 3Dh) reset value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
SignalToMFOUT  
W
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Symbol  
Access  
TestDigiSignalSel[6:0]  
W
Table 127. TestDigiSelect register bit descriptions  
Bit  
Symbol  
Value Description  
7
SignalToMFOUT  
1
overrules the MFOUTSelect[2:0] setting and routes the  
digital test signal defined with the TestDigiSignalSel[6:0]  
bits to pin MFOUT  
0
-
MFOUTSelect[2:0] defines the signal on pin MFOUT  
6 to 0 TestDigiSignalSel[6:0]  
selects the digital test signal to be routed to pin MFOUT.  
Refer to Section 15.2.3 on page 104 for detailed  
information. The following lists the signal names for the  
TestDigiSignalSel[6:0] addresses:  
F4h  
E4h  
D4h  
C4h  
B5h  
A5h  
96h  
83h  
E2h  
s_data  
s_valid  
s_coll  
s_clock  
rd_sync  
wr_sync  
int_clock  
BPSK_out  
BPSK_sig  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
72 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
10.5.8.7 Reserved registers 3Eh, 3Fh  
Table 128. Reserved register (address: 3Eh, 3Fh) reset value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation  
Bit  
7
x
6
x
5
x
4
x
3
x
2
x
1
x
0
x
Symbol  
Access  
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
W
Remark: This register is reserved for future use.  
11. MFRC531 command set  
MFRC531 operation is determined by an internal state machine capable of performing a  
command set. The commands can be started by writing the command code to the  
Command register. Arguments and/or data necessary to process a command are mainly  
exchanged using the FIFO buffer.  
Each command needing a data stream (or data byte stream) as an input immediately  
processes the data in the FIFO buffer  
Each command that requires arguments only starts processing when it has received  
the correct number of arguments from the FIFO buffer  
The FIFO buffer is not automatically cleared at the start of a command. It is, therefore,  
possible to write command arguments and/or the data bytes into the FIFO buffer  
before starting a command.  
Each command (except the StartUp command) can be interrupted by the  
microprocessor writing a new command code to the Command register e.g. the Idle  
command.  
11.1 MFRC531 command overview  
Table 129. MFRC531 commands overview  
Command  
Value Action  
FIFO communication  
Arguments and data  
sent  
Data received  
StartUp  
3Fh  
runs the reset and initialization phase. See  
-
-
Section 11.1.2 on page 75.  
Remark: This command can only be activated by  
Power-On or Hard resets.  
Idle  
00h  
1Ah  
16h  
no action; cancels execution of the current command.  
See Section 11.1.3 on page 75  
-
-
Transmit  
Receive  
transmits data from the FIFO buffer to the card. See  
Section 11.2.1 on page 76  
data stream  
-
-
activates receiver circuitry. Before the receiver starts,  
the state machine waits until the time defined in the  
RxWait register has elapsed. See Section 11.2.2 on  
page 79.  
data stream  
Remark: This command may be used for test  
purposes only, since there is no timing relationship to  
the Transmit command.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
73 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 129. MFRC531 commands overview …continued  
Command  
Value Action  
FIFO communication  
Arguments and data  
sent  
Data received  
Transceive[1] 1Eh  
transmits data from FIFO buffer to the card and  
automatically activates the receiver after  
data stream  
data stream  
transmission. The receiver waits until the time defined  
in the RxWait register has elapsed before starting.  
See Section 11.2.3 on page 82.  
WriteE2  
ReadE2  
01h  
03h  
reads data from the FIFO buffer and writes it to the  
EEPROM. See Section 11.3.1 on page 84.  
start address LSB  
start address MSB  
data byte stream  
-
reads data from the EEPROM and sends it to the  
FIFO buffer. See Section 11.3.2 on page 86.  
start address LSB  
start address MSB  
number of data bytes  
data bytes  
Remark: Keys cannot be read back  
LoadKeyE2 0Bh  
copies a key from the EEPROM into the key buffer[2] start address LSB  
See Section 11.6.1 on page 88.  
-
-
start address MSB  
LoadKey  
Authent1  
19h  
reads a key from the FIFO buffer and loads it into the byte 0 LSB  
key buffer[2]. See Section 11.6.2 on page 88.  
byte 1  
Remark: The key has to be prepared in a specific  
format (refer to Section 9.2.3.1 “Key format” on page  
byte 10  
16)  
byte 11 MSB  
0Ch  
performs the first part of card authentication using the card Authent1 command -  
Crypto1 algorithm[2]. See Section 11.6.3 on page 89.  
card block address  
card serial number  
LSB  
card serial number  
byte 1  
card serial number  
byte 2  
card serial number  
MSB  
Authent2  
14h  
performs the second part of card authentication using  
the Crypto1 algorithm[2]. See Section 11.6.4 on  
page 89.  
-
-
LoadConfig  
CalcCRC  
07h  
12h  
reads data from EEPROM and initializes the  
MFRC531 registers. See Section 11.4.1 on page 86.  
start address LSB  
start address MSB  
data byte stream  
-
-
activates the CRC coprocessor  
Remark: The result of the CRC calculation is read  
from the CRCResultLSB and CRCResultMSB  
registers. See Section 11.4.2 on page 87.  
[1] This command is the combination of the Transmit and Receive commands.  
[2] Relates to MIFARE Mini/MIFARE 1K/MIFARE 4K security.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
74 of 117  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
11.1.1 Basic states  
11.1.2 StartUp command 3Fh  
Table 130. StartUp command 3Fh  
Command  
Value Action  
Arguments  
and data  
Returned  
data  
StartUp  
3Fh runs the reset and initialization phase  
-
-
Remark: This command can only be activated by a Power-On or Hard reset.  
The StartUp command runs the reset and initialization phases. It does not need or return,  
any data. It cannot be activated by the microprocessor but is automatically started after  
one of the following events:  
Power-On Reset (POR) caused by power-up on pin DVDD  
POR caused by power-up on pin AVDD  
Negative edge on pin RSTPD  
The reset phase comprises an asynchronous reset and configuration of certain register  
bits. The initialization phase configures several registers with values stored in the  
EEPROM.  
When the StartUp command finishes, the Idle command is automatically executed.  
Remark:  
The microprocessor must not write to the MFRC531 while it is still executing the  
StartUp command. To avoid this, the microprocessor polls for the Idle command to  
determine when the initialization phase has finished; see Section 9.7.4 on page 28.  
When the StartUp command is active, it is only possible to read from the Page 0  
register.  
The StartUp command cannot be interrupted by the microprocessor.  
11.1.3 Idle command 00h  
Table 131. Idle command 00h  
Command  
Value  
Action  
Arguments Returned  
and data  
data  
Idle  
00h  
no action; cancels current command  
execution  
-
-
The Idle command switches the MFRC531 to its inactive state where it waits for the next  
command. It does not need or return, any data.  
The device automatically enters the idle state when a command finishes. When this  
happens, the MFRC531 sends an interrupt request by setting bit IdleIRq. When triggered  
by the microprocessor, the Idle command can be used to stop execution of all other  
commands (except the StartUp command) but this does not generate an interrupt request  
(IdleIRq).  
Remark: Stopping command execution with the Idle command does not clear the FIFO  
buffer.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
75 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
11.2 Commands for ISO/IEC 14443 A card communication  
The MFRC531 is a fully ISO/IEC 14443 A and ISO/IEC 14443 B compliant reader IC. This  
enables the command set to be more flexible and generalized when compared to  
dedicated MIFARE reader ICs. Section 11.2.1 to Section 11.2.5 describe the command  
set for ISO/IEC 14443 A card communication and related communication protocols.  
11.2.1 Transmit command 1Ah  
Table 132. Transmit command 1Ah  
Command Value  
Action  
Arguments Returned  
and data  
data  
Transmit 1Ah  
transmits data from FIFO buffer to card  
data stream  
-
The Transmit command reads data from the FIFO buffer and sends it to the transmitter. It  
does not return any data. The Transmit command can only be started by the  
microprocessor.  
11.2.1.1 Using the Transmit command  
To transmit data, one of the following sequences can be used:  
1. All data to be transmitted to the card is written to the FIFO buffer while the Idle  
command is active. Then the command code for the Transmit command is written to  
the Command register.  
Remark: This is possible for transmission of a data stream up to 64 bytes.  
2. The command code for the Transmit command is stored in the Command register.  
Since there is not any data available in the FIFO buffer, the command is only enabled  
but transmission is not activated. Data transmission starts when the first data byte is  
written to the FIFO buffer. To generate a continuous data stream on the RF interface,  
the microprocessor must write the subsequent data bytes into the FIFO buffer in time.  
Remark: This allows transmission of any data stream length but it requires data to be  
written to the FIFO buffer in time.  
3. Part of the data transmitted to the card is written to the FIFO buffer while the Idle  
command is active. Then the command code for the Transmit command is written to  
the Command register. While the Transmit command is active, the microprocessor  
can send further data to the FIFO buffer. This is then appended by the transmitter to  
the transmitted data stream.  
Remark: This allows transmission of any data stream length but it requires data to be  
written to the FIFO buffer in time.  
When the transmitter requests the next data byte to ensure the data stream on the RF  
interface is continuous and the FIFO buffer is empty, the Transmit command automatically  
terminates. This causes the internal state machine to change its state from transmit to  
idle.  
When the data transmission to the card is finished, the TxIRq flag is set by the MFRC531  
to indicate to the microprocessor transmission is complete.  
Remark: If the microprocessor overwrites the transmit code in the Command register  
with another command, transmission stops immediately on the next clock cycle. This can  
produce output signals that are not in accordance with ISO/IEC 14443 A.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
76 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
11.2.1.2 RF channel redundancy and framing  
Each ISO/IEC 14443 A transmitted frame consists of a Start Of Frame (SOF) pattern,  
followed by the data stream and is closed by an End Of Frame (EOF) pattern. These  
different phases of the transmission sequence can be monitored using the PrimaryStatus  
register ModemState[2:0] bit; see Section 11.2.4 on page 82.  
Depending on the setting of the ChannelRedundancy register bit TxCRCEn, the CRC is  
calculated and appended to the data stream. The CRC is calculated according to the  
settings in the ChannelRedundancy register. Parity generation is handled according to the  
ChannelRedundancy register ParityEn and ParityOdd bits settings.  
11.2.1.3 Transmission of bit oriented frames  
The transmitter can be configured to send an incomplete last byte. To achieve this the  
BitFraming register’s TxLastBits[2:0] bits must be set at above zero (for example, 1). This  
is shown in Figure 15.  
TxLastBits = 0  
TxLastBits = 7  
TxLastBits = 1  
SOF  
SOF  
SOF  
0
0
0
7
7
7
P
P
P
0
0
0
7
P
EOF  
6
EOF  
EOF  
001aak618  
Fig 15. Transmitting bit oriented frames  
Figure 15 shows the data stream if bit ParityEn is set in the ChannelRedundancy register.  
All fully transmitted bytes are followed by a parity check bit but the incomplete byte is not  
followed by a parity check bit. After transmission, the TxLastBits[2:0] bits are automatically  
cleared.  
Remark: If the TxLastBits[2:0] bits are not equal to zero, CRC generation must be  
disabled. This is done by clearing the ChannelRedundancy register TxCRCEn bit.  
11.2.1.4 Transmission of frames with more than 64 bytes  
To generate frames of more than 64 bytes, the microprocessor must write data to the  
FIFO buffer while the Transmit command is active. The state machine checks the FIFO  
buffer status when it starts transmitting the last bit of the data stream; the check time is  
marked in Figure 16 with arrows.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
77 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
TxLastBits[2:0]  
FIFOLength[6:0]  
FIFO empty  
TxLastBits = 0  
01h  
00h  
TxData  
check FIFO empty  
accept further data  
7
0
7
0
7
001aak619  
Fig 16. Timing for transmitting byte oriented frames  
As long as the internal accept further data signal is logic 1, further data can be written to  
the FIFO buffer. The MFRC531 appends this data to the data stream transmitted using the  
RF interface.  
If the internal accept further data signal is logic 0, the transmission terminates. All data  
written to the FIFO buffer after accept further data signal was set to logic 0 is not  
transmitted, however, it remains in the FIFO buffer.  
Remark: If parity generation is enabled (ParityEn = logic 1), the parity bit is the last bit  
transmitted. This delays the accept further data signal by a duration of one bit.  
If the TxLastBits[2:0] bits are not zero, the last byte is not transmitted completely. Only the  
number of bits set by TxLastBits[2:0], starting with the least significant bit are transmitted.  
This means that the internal state machine has to check the FIFO buffer status at an  
earlier point in time; see Figure 17.  
NWR (FIFO data)  
TxLastBits[2:0]  
FIFOLength[6:0]  
FIFO empty  
TxLastBits = 4  
01h  
01h  
00h  
00h  
TxData  
check FIFO empty  
accept further data  
4
7
0
3
4
7
0
3
001aak620  
Fig 17. Timing for transmitting bit oriented frames  
Since in this example TxLastBits[2:0] = 4, transmission stops after bit 3 is transmitted and  
the frame is completed with an EOF, if configured.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
78 of 117  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Figure 17 also shows write access to the FIFOData register just before the FIFO buffer’s  
status is checked. This leads to FIFO empty state being held LOW which keeps the  
accept further data active. The new byte written to the FIFO buffer is transmitted using the  
RF interface.  
Accept further data is only changed by the check FIFO empty function. This function  
verifies FIFO empty for one bit duration before the last expected bit transmission.  
Table 133. Transmission of frames of more than 64 bytes  
Frame definition  
8-bit with parity  
Verification at:  
8
th bit  
th bit  
8-bit without parity  
x-bit without parity  
7
(x 1)th bit  
11.2.2 Receive command 16h  
Table 134. Receive command 16h  
Command  
Value  
Action  
Arguments Returned  
and data  
data  
Receive  
16h  
activates receiver circuitry  
-
data stream  
The Receive command activates the receiver circuitry. All data received from the RF  
interface is written to the FIFO buffer. The Receive command can be started either using  
the microprocessor or automatically during execution of the Transceive command.  
Remark: This command can only be used for test purposes since there is no timing  
relationship to the Transmit command.  
11.2.2.1 Using the Receive command  
After starting the Receive command, the internal state machine decrements to the RxWait  
register value on every bit-clock. The analog receiver circuitry is prepared and activated  
from 3 down to 1. When the counter reaches 0, the receiver starts monitoring the incoming  
signal at the RF interface.  
When the signal strength reaches a level higher than the RxThreshold register  
MinLevel[3:0] bits value, it starts decoding. The decoder stops when the signal can no  
longer be detected on the receiver input pin RX. The decoder sets bit RxIRq indicating  
receive termination.  
The different phases of the receive sequence are monitored using the PrimaryStatus  
register ModemState[2:0] bits; see Section 11.2.4 on page 82.  
Remark: Since the counter values from 3 to 0 are needed to initialize the analog receiver  
circuitry, the minimum value for RxWait[7:0] is 3.  
11.2.2.2 RF channel redundancy and framing  
The decoder expects the SOF pattern at the beginning of each data stream. When the  
SOF is detected, it activates the serial-to-parallel converter and gathers the incoming data  
bits. Every completed byte is forwarded to the FIFO buffer.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
79 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
If an EOF pattern is detected or the signal strength falls below the RxThreshold register  
MinLevel[3:0] bits setting, both the receiver and the decoder stop. Then the Idle command  
is entered and an appropriate response for the microprocessor is generated (interrupt  
request activated, status flags set).  
When the ChannelRedundancy register bit RxCRCEn is set, a CRC block is expected.  
The CRC block can be one byte or two bytes depending on the ChannelRedundancy  
register CRC8 bit setting.  
Remark: If the CRC block received is correct, it is not sent to the FIFO buffer. This is  
realized by shifting the incoming data bytes through an internal buffer of either one or two  
bytes (depending on the defined CRC). The CRC block remains in this internal buffer.  
Consequently, all data bytes in the FIFO buffer are delayed by one or two bytes. If the  
CRC fails, all received bytes are sent to the FIFO buffer including the faulty CRC.  
If ParityEn is set in the ChannelRedundancy register, a parity bit is expected after each  
byte. If ParityOdd = logic 1, the expected parity is odd, otherwise even parity is expected.  
11.2.2.3 Collision detection  
If more than one card is within the RF field during the card selection phase, they both  
respond simultaneously. The MFRC531 supports the algorithm defined in  
ISO/IEC 14443 A to resolve card serial number data collisions by performing the  
anti-collision procedure. The basis for this procedure is the ability to detect bit-collisions.  
Bit-collision detection is supported by the Manchester coding bit encoding scheme used in  
the MFRC531. If in the first and second half-bit of a subcarrier, modulation is detected,  
instead of forwarding a 1-bit or 0-bit, a bit-collision is indicated. The MFRC531 uses the  
RxThreshold register CollLevel[3:0] bits setting to distinguish between a 1-bit or 0-bit and  
a bit-collision. If the amplitude of the half-bit with smaller amplitude is larger than that  
defined by the CollLevel[3:0] bits, the MFRC531 flags a bit-collision using the error flag  
CollErr. If a bit-collision is detected in a parity bit, the ParityErr flag is set.  
On a detected collision, the receiver continues receiving the incoming data stream. In the  
case of a bit-collision, the decoder sends logic 1 at the collision position.  
Remark: As an exception, if bit ZeroAfterColl is set, all bits received after the first  
bit-collision are forced to zero, regardless whether a bit-collision or an unequivocal state  
has been detected. This feature makes it easier for the control software to perform the  
anti-collision procedure as defined in ISO/IEC 14443 A.  
When the first bit collision in a frame is detected, the bit-collision position is stored in the  
CollPos register.  
Table 135 shows the collision positions.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
80 of 117  
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 135. Return values for bit-collision positions  
Collision in bit  
CollPos register value  
(Decimal)  
SOF  
0
Least Significant Bit (LSB) of the Least Significant Byte (LSByte)  
1
8
Most Significant Bit (MSB) of the LSByte  
LSB of second byte  
9
16  
17  
MSB of second byte  
LSB of third byte  
Parity bits are not counted in the CollPos register because bit-collisions in parity bit occur  
after bit-collisions in the data bits. If a collision is detected in the SOF, a frame error is  
flagged and no data is sent to the FIFO buffer. In this case, the receiver continues to  
monitor the incoming signal. It generates the correct notifications to the microprocessor  
when the end of the faulty input stream is detected. This helps the microprocessor to  
determine when it is next allowed to send data to the card.  
11.2.2.4 Receiving bit oriented frames  
The receiver can manage byte streams with incomplete bytes which result in bit-oriented  
frames. To support this, the following values may be used:  
BitFraming register’s RxAlign[2:0] bits select a bit offset for the first incoming byte. For  
example, if RxAlign[2:0] = 3, the first 5 bits received are forwarded to the FIFO buffer.  
Further bits are packed into bytes and forwarded. After reception, RxAlign[2:0] is  
automatically cleared. If RxAlign[2:0] = logic 0, all incoming bits are packed into one  
byte.  
RxLastBits[2:0] returns the number of bits valid in the last received byte. For example,  
if RxLastBits[2:0] evaluates to 5 bits at the end of the received command, the 5 least  
significant bits are valid. If the last byte is complete, RxLastBits[2:0] evaluates to zero.  
RxLastBits[2:0] is only valid if a frame error is not indicated by the FramingErr flag. If  
RxAlign[2:0] is not zero and ParityEn is active, the first parity bit is ignored and not  
checked.  
11.2.2.5 Communication errors  
The events which can set error flags are shown in Table 136.  
Table 136. Communication error table  
Cause  
Flag bit  
FramingErr  
CRCErr  
CRCErr  
ParityErr  
CollErr  
Received data did not start with the SOF pattern  
CRC block is not equal to the expected value  
Received data is shorter than the CRC block  
The parity bit is not equal to the expected value (i.e. a bit-collision, not parity)  
A bit-collision is detected  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
81 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
11.2.3 Transceive command 1Eh  
Table 137. Transceive command 1Eh  
Command Value  
Action  
Arguments Returned  
and data  
data  
Transceive 1Eh  
transmits data from FIFO buffer to the card data stream data stream  
and then automatically activates the  
receiver  
The Transceive command first executes the Transmit command (see Section 11.2.1 on  
page 76) and then starts the Receive command (see Section 11.2.2 on page 79). All data  
transmitted is sent using the FIFO buffer and all data received is written to the FIFO buffer.  
The Transceive command can only be started by the microprocessor.  
Remark: To adjust the timing relationship between transmitting and receiving, use the  
RxWait register. This register is used to define the time delay between the last bit  
transmitted and activation of the receiver. In addition, the BitPhase register determines the  
phase-shift between the transmitter and receiver clock.  
11.2.4 States of the card communication  
The status of the transmitter and receiver state machine can be read from bits  
ModemState[2:0] in the PrimaryStatus register.  
The assignment of ModemState[2:0] to the internal action is shown in Table 138.  
Table 138. Meaning of ModemState  
ModemState State  
[2:0]  
Description  
000  
001  
010  
Idle  
transmitter and/or receiver are not operating  
transmitting the SOF pattern  
TxSOF  
TxData  
transmitting data from the FIFO buffer (or redundancy CRC check  
bits)  
011  
100  
TxEOF  
transmitting the EOF pattern  
GoToRx1  
GoToRx2  
PrepareRx  
AwaitingRx  
intermediate state passed, when receiver starts  
intermediate state passed, when receiver finishes  
waiting until the RxWait register time period expires  
receiver activated; waiting for an input signal on pin RX  
101  
110  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
82 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
11.2.5 Card communication state diagram  
COMMAND =  
TRANSMIT,  
RECEIVE OR  
TRANSCEIVE  
IDLE  
(000)  
FIFO not empty  
and command =  
command = Receive  
Transmit or Transceive  
TxSOF  
GoToRx1  
(001)  
(100)  
SOF transmitted  
next bit clock  
TxData  
(010)  
Prepare Rx  
(101)  
EOF transmitted and  
command = Transceive  
data transmitted  
RxWaitC[7:0] = 0  
TxEOF  
(011)  
Awaiting Rx  
(110)  
RxMultiple = 1  
signal strength > MinLevel[3:0]  
EOF transmitted and  
command = Transmit  
RECEIVING  
(111)  
frame received  
end of receive frame  
and  
RxMultiple = 0  
GoToRx2  
(100)  
SET  
COMMAND REGISTER = IDLE  
(000)  
001aak621  
Fig 18. Card communication state diagram  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
83 of 117  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
11.3 EEPROM commands  
11.3.1 WriteE2 command 01h  
Table 139. WriteE2 command 01h  
Command Value Action  
FIFO  
Arguments and  
data  
Returned  
data  
WriteE2  
01h  
get data from FIFO buffer and write it start address LSB  
-
-
-
to the EEPROM  
start address MSB  
data byte stream  
The WriteE2 command interprets the first two bytes in the FIFO buffer as the EEPROM  
start byte address. Any further bytes are interpreted as data bytes and are programmed  
into the EEPROM, starting from the given EEPROM start byte address. This command  
does not return any data.  
The WriteE2 command can only be started by the microprocessor. It will not stop  
automatically but has to be stopped explicitly by the microprocessor by issuing the Idle  
command.  
11.3.1.1 Programming process  
Up to 16 bytes can be programmed into the EEPROM during a single programming cycle.  
The time needed is approximately 5.8 ms.  
The state machine copies all the prepared data bytes to the FIFO buffer and then to the  
EEPROM input buffer. The internal EEPROM input buffer is 16 bytes long which is equal  
to the block size of the EEPROM. A programming cycle is started if the last position of the  
EEPROM input buffer is written or if the last byte of the FIFO buffer has been read.  
The E2Ready flag remains logic 0 when there are unprocessed bytes in the FIFO buffer or  
the EEPROM programming cycle is still in progress. When all the data from the FIFO  
buffer are programmed into the EEPROM, the E2Ready flag is set to logic 1. Together  
with the rising edge of E2Ready, the TxIRq interrupt request flag shows logic 1. This can  
be used to generate an interrupt when programming of all data is finished.  
Remark: During the E2PROM programming indicated by E2Ready = logic 0, the WriteE2  
command cannot be stopped using any other command.  
Once E2Ready = logic 1, the WriteE2 command can be stopped by the microprocessor by  
sending the Idle command.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
84 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
11.3.1.2 Timing diagram  
Figure 19 shows programming five bytes into the EEPROM.  
t
prog,del  
NWR  
data  
write addr addr  
E2 LSB MSB  
Idle  
command  
byte 0 byte 1  
byte 2  
byte 3  
byte 4  
WriteE2  
command active  
t
t
t
prog  
prog  
prog  
EEPROM  
programming  
programming  
byte 1, byte 2 and byte 3  
programming byte 0  
programming byte 4  
E2Ready  
TxIRq  
001aak623  
Fig 19. EEPROM programming timing diagram  
Assuming that the MFRC531 finds and reads byte 0 before the microprocessor is able to  
write byte 1 (tprog,del = 300 ns). This causes the MFRC531 to start the programming cycle  
(tprog), which takes approximately 5.8 ms to complete. In the meantime, the  
microprocessor stores byte 1 to byte 4 in the FIFO buffer.  
If the EEPROM start byte address is 16Ch then byte 0 is stored at that address. The  
MFRC531 copies the subsequent data bytes into the EEPROM input buffer. Whilst  
copying byte 3, it detects that this data byte has to be programmed at the EEPROM byte  
address 16Fh. As this is the end of the memory block, the MFRC531 automatically starts  
a programming cycle.  
Next, byte 4 is programmed at the EEPROM byte address 170h. As this is the last data  
byte, the E2Ready and TxIRq flags are set indicating the end of the EEPROM  
programming activity.  
Although all data has been programmed into the E2PROM, the MFRC531 stays in the  
WriteE2 command. Writing more data to the FIFO buffer would lead to another EEPROM  
programming cycle continuing from EEPROM byte address 171h. The command is  
stopped using the Idle command.  
11.3.1.3 WriteE2 command error flags  
Programming is restricted for EEPROM block 0 (EEPROM byte address 00h to 0Fh). If  
you program these addresses, the AccessErr flag is set and a programming cycle is not  
started.  
Addresses above 1FFh are taken modulo 200h; see Section 9.2 on page 12 for the  
EEPROM memory organization.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
85 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
11.3.2 ReadE2 command 03h  
Table 140. ReadE2 command 03h  
Command Value Action  
Arguments  
Returned data  
ReadE2  
03h  
reads EEPROM data and  
stores it in the FIFO buffer  
start address LSB  
start address MSB  
number of data bytes  
data bytes  
The ReadE2 command interprets the first two bytes stored in the FIFO buffer as the  
EEPROM starting byte address. The next byte specifies the number of data bytes  
returned.  
When all three argument bytes are available in the FIFO buffer, the specified number of  
data bytes are copied from the EEPROM into the FIFO buffer, starting from the given  
EEPROM starting byte address.  
The ReadE2 command can only be triggered by the microprocessor and it automatically  
stops when all data has been copied.  
11.3.2.1 ReadE2 command error flags  
Reading is restricted to EEPROM blocks 8h to 1Fh (key memory area). Reading from  
these addresses sets the flag AccessErr = logic 1.  
Addresses above 1FFh are taken as modulo 200h; see Section 9.2 on page 12 for the  
EEPROM memory organization.  
11.4 Diverse commands  
11.4.1 LoadConfig command 07h  
Table 141. LoadConfig command 07h  
Command  
Value Action  
Arguments and  
data  
Returned data  
LoadConfig  
07h  
reads data from EEPROM and start address LSB  
-
-
initializes the registers  
start address MSB  
The LoadConfig command interprets the first two bytes found in the FIFO buffer as the  
EEPROM starting byte address. When the two argument bytes are available in the FIFO  
buffer, 32 bytes from the EEPROM are copied into the Control and other relevant  
registers, starting at the EEPROM starting byte address. The LoadConfig command can  
only be started by the microprocessor and it automatically stops when all relevant  
registers have been copied.  
11.4.1.1 Register assignment  
The 32 bytes of EEPROM content are written to the MFRC531 registers 10h to register  
2Fh; see Section 9.2 on page 12 for the EEPROM memory organization.  
Remark: The procedure for the register assignment is the same as it is for the startup  
initialization (see Section 9.7.3 on page 28). The difference is, the EEPROM starting byte  
address for the StartUp initialization is fixed to 10h (block 1, byte 0). However, it can be  
chosen with the LoadConfig command.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
86 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
11.4.1.2 Relevant LoadConfig command error flags  
Valid EEPROM starting byte addresses are between 10h and 60h.  
Copying from block 8h to 1Fh (keys) is restricted. Reading from these addresses sets the  
flag AccessErr = logic 1.  
Addresses above 1FFh are taken as modulo 200h; see Section 9.2 on page 12 for the  
EEPROM memory organization.  
11.4.2 CalcCRC command 12h  
Table 142. CalcCRC command 12h  
Command Value Action  
Arguments and  
data  
Returned data  
CalcCRC 12h activates the CRC coprocessor  
data byte stream  
-
The CalcCRC command takes all the data from the FIFO buffer as the input bytes for the  
CRC coprocessor. All data stored in the FIFO buffer before the command is started is  
processed.  
This command does not return any data to the FIFO buffer but the content of the CRC can  
be read using the CRCResultLSB and CRCResultMSB registers.  
The CalcCRC command can only be started by the microprocessor and it does not  
automatically stop. It must be stopped by the microprocessor sending the Idle command.  
If the FIFO buffer is empty, the CalcCRC command waits for further input before  
proceeding.  
11.4.2.1 CRC coprocessor settings  
Table 143 shows the parameters that can be configured for the CRC coprocessor.  
Table 143. CRC coprocessor parameters  
Parameter  
Value  
Bit  
Register  
CRC register  
length  
8-bit or 16-bit CRC  
CRC8  
ChannelRedundancy  
CRC algorithm  
ISO/IEC 14443 A or ISO/IEC 3309 CRC3309  
ChannelRedundancy  
CRC preset value any  
CRCPresetLSB CRCPresetLSB  
CRCPresetMSB CRCPresetMSB  
The CRC polynomial for the 8-bit CRC is fixed to x8 + x4 + x3 + x2 + 1.  
The CRC polynomial for the 16-bit CRC is fixed to x16 + x12 + x5 + 1.  
11.4.2.2 CRC coprocessor status flags  
The CRCReady status flag indicates that the CRC coprocessor has finished processing  
all the data bytes in the FIFO buffer. When the CRCReady flag is set to logic 1, an  
interrupt is requested which sets the TxIRq flag. This supports interrupt driven use of the  
CRC coprocessor.  
When CRCReady and TxIRq flags are set to logic 1 the content of the CRCResultLSB  
and CRCResultMSB registers and the CRCErr flag are valid. The CRCResultLSB and  
CRCResultMSB registers hold the content of the CRC, the CRCErr flag indicates CRC  
validity for the processed data.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
87 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
11.5 Error handling during command execution  
If an error is detected during command execution, the PrimaryStatus register Err flag is  
set. The microprocessor can evaluate the status flags in the ErrorFlag register to get  
information about the cause of the error.  
Table 144. ErrorFlag register error flags overview  
Error flag  
KeyErr  
Related commands  
LoadKeyE2, LoadKey  
WriteE2, ReadE2, LoadConfig  
no specific commands  
Receive, Transceive, CalcCRC  
Receive, Transceive  
AccessErr  
FIFOOvlf  
CRCErr  
FramingErr  
ParityErr  
CollErr  
Receive, Transceive  
Receive, Transceive  
11.6 MIFARE security commands  
11.6.1 LoadKeyE2 command 0Bh  
Table 145. LoadKeyE2 command 0Bh  
Command  
Value Action  
Arguments and  
data  
Returned  
data  
LoadKeyE2  
0Bh  
reads a key from the EEPROM and start address LSB  
-
-
puts it into the internal key buffer  
start address MSB  
The LoadKeyE2 command interprets the first two bytes found in the FIFO buffer as the  
EEPROM starting byte address. The EEPROM bytes starting from the given starting byte  
address are interpreted as the key when stored in the correct key format as described in  
Section 9.2.3.1 “Key format” on page 16. When both argument bytes are available in the  
FIFO buffer, the command executes.  
The LoadKeyE2 command can only be started by the microprocessor and it automatically  
stops after copying the key from the EEPROM to the key buffer.  
11.6.1.1 Relevant LoadKeyE2 command error flags  
If the key format is incorrect (see Section 9.2.3.1 “Key format” on page 16) an undefined  
value is copied into the key buffer and the KeyErr flag is set.  
11.6.2 LoadKey command 19h  
Table 146. LoadKey command 19h  
Command Value Action  
Arguments and Returned  
data  
data  
LoadKey  
19h  
reads a key from the FIFO buffer and puts it byte 0 (LSB)  
-
-
-
-
-
into the key buffer  
byte 1  
byte 10  
byte 11 (MSB)  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
88 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
The LoadKey command interprets the first twelve bytes it finds in the FIFO buffer as the  
key when stored in the correct key format as described in Section 9.2.3.1 “Key format” on  
page 16. When the twelve argument bytes are available in the FIFO buffer they are  
checked and, if valid, are copied into the key buffer.  
The LoadKey command can only be started by the microprocessor and it automatically  
stops after copying the key from the FIFO buffer to the key buffer.  
11.6.2.1 Relevant LoadKey command error flags  
All bytes requested are copied from the FIFO buffer to the key buffer. If the key format is  
not correct (see Section 9.2.3.1 “Key format” on page 16) an undefined value is copied  
into the key buffer and the KeyErr flag is set.  
11.6.3 Authent1 command 0Ch  
Table 147. Authent1 command 0Ch  
Command Value Action  
Arguments and data  
Returned  
data  
Authent1  
0Ch  
performs the first part of the Crypto1 card Authent1 command  
-
-
-
-
-
-
card authentication  
card block address  
card serial number LSB  
card serial number byte1  
card serial number byte2  
card serial number MSB  
The Authent1 command is a special Transceive command; it sends six argument bytes to  
the card. The card’s response is not sent to the microprocessor, it is used instead to  
authenticate the card to the MFRC531 and vice versa.  
The Authent1 command can be triggered only by the microprocessor. The sequence of  
states for this command are the same as those for the Transceive command; see  
Section 11.2.3 on page 82.  
11.6.4 Authent2 command 14h  
Table 148. Authent2 command 14h  
Command Value Action  
Arguments  
and data  
Returned  
data  
Authent2  
14h  
performs the second part of the card  
-
-
authentication using the Crypto1 algorithm  
The Authent2 command is a special Transceive command. It does not need any argument  
byte, however all the data needed to be sent to the card is assembled by the MFRC531.  
The card response is not sent to the microprocessor but is used to authenticate the card  
to the MFRC531 and vice versa.  
The Authent2 command can only be started by the microprocessor. The sequence of  
states for this command are the same as those for the Transceive command; see  
Section 11.2.3 on page 82.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
89 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
11.6.4.1 Authent2 command effects  
If the Authent2 command is successful, the authenticity of card and the MFRC531 are  
proved. This automatically sets the Crypto1On control bit. When bit Crypto1On = logic 1,  
all further card communication is encrypted using the Crypto1 security algorithm. If the  
Authent2 command fails, bit Crypto1On is cleared (Crypto1On = logic 0).  
Remark: The Crypto1On flag can only be set by a successfully executed Authent2  
command and not by the microprocessor. The microprocessor can clear bit Crypto1On to  
continue with unencrypted (plain) card communication.  
Remark: The Authent2 command must be executed immediately after a successful  
Authent1 command; see Section 11.6.3 “Authent1 command 0Ch”. In addition, the keys  
stored in the key buffer and those on the card must match.  
12. Limiting values  
Table 149. Limiting values  
In accordance with the Absolute Maximum Rating System (IEC 60134).  
Symbol  
Tamb  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
40  
Max  
Unit  
C  
C  
V
ambient temperature  
storage temperature  
digital supply voltage  
analog supply voltage  
TVDD supply voltage  
input voltage (absolute value)  
+150  
+150  
+6  
Tstg  
40  
VDDD  
VDDA  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
0.5  
+6  
V
VDD(TVDD)  
Vi  
+6  
V
on any digital pin to DVSS  
on pin RX to AVSS  
VDDD + 0.5  
VDDA + 0.5  
V
V
13. Characteristics  
13.1 Operating condition range  
Table 150. Operating condition range  
Symbol  
Tamb  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
25  
3.0  
4.5  
4.5  
3.0  
-
Typ  
+25  
3.3  
5.0  
5.0  
5.0  
-
Max  
+85  
3.6  
Unit  
ambient temperature  
digital supply voltage  
-
C  
V
VDDD  
DVSS = AVSS = TVSS = 0 V  
5.5  
V
VDDA  
analog supply voltage  
TVDD supply voltage  
DVSS = AVSS = TVSS = 0 V  
DVSS = AVSS = TVSS = 0 V  
5.5  
V
VDD(TVDD)  
VESD  
5.5  
V
electrostatic discharge voltage Human Body Model (HBM); 1.5 k,  
1000  
V
100 pF  
Machine Model (MM); 0.75 H,  
-
-
100  
V
200 pF  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
90 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
13.2 Current consumption  
Table 151. Current consumption  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min Typ  
Max  
11  
Unit  
mA  
mA  
A  
IDDD  
digital supply current  
Idle command  
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
8
Standby mode  
3
5
Soft power-down mode  
Hard power-down mode  
Idle command; receiver on  
Idle command; receiver off  
Standby mode  
800  
1
1000  
10  
40  
15  
13  
10  
10  
150  
7
A  
IDDA  
analog supply current  
TVDD supply current  
25  
12  
10  
1
mA  
mA  
mA  
A  
Soft power-down mode  
Hard power-down mode  
continuous wave  
1
A  
IDD(TVDD)  
-
mA  
mA  
pins TX1 and TX2 unconnected;  
TX1RFEn and TX2RFEn = logic 1  
5.5  
pins TX1 and TX2 unconnected;  
TX1RFEn and TX2RFEn = logic 0  
-
65  
130  
A  
13.3 Pin characteristics  
13.3.1 Input pin characteristics  
Pins D0 to D7, A0, and A1 have TTL input characteristics and behave as defined in  
Table 152.  
Table 152. Standard input pin characteristics  
Symbol  
ILI  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
input leakage current  
threshold voltage  
1.0  
-
-
-
+1.0  
A  
V
Vth  
CMOS: VDDD < 3.6 V  
TTL: 4.5 < VDDD  
0.35VDDD  
0.8  
0.65VDDD  
2.0  
V
The digital input pins NCS, NWR, NRD, ALE, A2, and MFIN have Schmitt trigger  
characteristics, and behave as defined in Table 153.  
Table 153. Schmitt trigger input pin characteristics  
Symbol  
ILI  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
1.0  
1.4  
Typ  
Max  
+1.0  
2.0  
Unit  
A  
V
input leakage current  
threshold voltage  
-
-
Vth  
positive-going threshold;  
TTL = 4.5 < VDDD  
CMOS = VDDD < 3.6 V  
negative-going threshold;  
TTL = 4.5 < VDDD  
0.65VDDD  
0.8  
-
-
0.75VDDD  
1.3  
V
V
CMOS = VDDD < 3.6 V  
0.25VDDD  
-
0.4VDDD  
V
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
91 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Pin RSTPD has Schmitt trigger CMOS characteristics. In addition, it is internally filtered by  
a RC low-pass filter which causes a propagation delay on the reset signal.  
Table 154. RSTPD input pin characteristics  
Symbol Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ Max  
Unit  
A  
V
ILI  
input leakage current  
1.0  
-
-
+1.0  
Vth  
threshold voltage  
positive-going threshold;  
CMOS = VDDD < 3.6 V  
0.65VDDD  
0.75VDDD  
negative-going threshold;  
CMOS = VDDD < 3.6 V  
0.25VDDD  
-
-
-
0.4VDDD  
20  
V
tPD  
propagation delay  
s  
The analog input pin RX has the input capacitance and input voltage range shown in  
Table 155.  
Table 155. RX input capacitance and input voltage range  
Symbol  
Ci  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min Typ Max Unit  
input capacitance  
-
-
-
15  
pF  
Vi(dyn)  
dynamic input voltage VDDA = 5 V; Tamb = 25 C  
1.1  
4.4  
V
13.3.2 Digital output pin characteristics  
Pins D0 to D7, MFOUT and IRQ have CMOS output characteristics and behave as  
defined in Table 156.  
Table 156. Digital output pin characteristics  
Symbol Parameter  
Conditions  
Min Typ Max Unit  
VOH  
VOL  
IO  
HIGH-level output  
voltage  
VDDD = 5 V; IOH = 1 mA  
VDDD = 5 V; IOH = 10 mA  
VDDD = 5 V; IOL = 1 mA  
VDDD = 5 V; IOL = 10 mA  
source or sink; VDDD = 5 V  
2.4  
4.9  
4.2  
25  
-
-
V
V
2.4  
LOW-level output  
voltage  
-
-
-
400 mV  
250 400 mV  
- 10 mA  
output current  
Remark: Pin IRQ can be configured as open collector which causes the VOH values to be  
no longer applicable.  
13.3.3 Antenna driver output pin characteristics  
The source conductance of the antenna driver pins TX1 and TX2 for driving the  
HIGH-level can be configured using the CwConductance register’s GsCfgCW[5:0] bits,  
while their source conductance for driving the LOW-level is constant.  
The antenna driver default configuration output characteristics are specified in Table 157.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
92 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 157. Antenna driver output pin characteristics  
Symbol Parameter  
Conditions  
Min Typ Max Unit  
VOH  
VOL  
IO  
HIGH-level output  
voltage  
VDD(TVDD) = 5.0 V; IOL = 20 mA  
VDD(TVDD) = 5.0 V; IOL = 100 mA  
VDD(TVDD) = 5.0 V; IOL = 20 mA  
VDD(TVDD) = 5.0 V; IOL = 100 mA  
-
-
-
-
-
4.97  
4.85  
30  
-
-
-
-
V
V
LOW-level output  
voltage  
mV  
mV  
150  
-
output current  
transmitter; continuous wave;  
peak-to-peak  
200 mA  
13.4 AC electrical characteristics  
13.4.1 Separate read/write strobe bus timing  
Table 158. Timing specification for separate read/write strobe  
Symbol  
tLHLL  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min Typ Max Unit  
ALE HIGH time  
20  
15  
8
-
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
tAVLL  
address valid to ALE LOW time  
tLLAX  
address hold after ALE LOW  
time  
tLLRWL  
tSLRWL  
tRWHSH  
tRLDV  
ALE LOW to read/write LOW  
time  
ALE LOW to NRD or  
NWR LOW  
15  
0
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
chip select LOW to read/write NCS LOW to NRD or  
LOW time NWR LOW  
-
read/write HIGH to chip select NRD or NWR HIGH to  
HIGH time  
-
NCS HIGH  
read LOW to data input valid  
time  
NRD LOW to data valid  
65  
20  
35  
-
tRHDZ  
read HIGH to data input high  
impedance time  
NRD HIGH to data  
high-impedance  
-
tWLQV  
tWHDX  
write LOW to data output valid NWR LOW to data valid  
time  
-
data output hold after write  
HIGH time  
data hold time after  
NWR HIGH  
8
tRWLRWH  
tAVRWL  
read/write LOW time  
NRD or NWR  
65  
30  
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
address valid to read/write  
LOW time  
NRD or NWR LOW  
(set-up time)  
tWHAX  
address hold after write HIGH NWR HIGH (hold time)  
time  
8
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
tRWHRWL  
read/write HIGH time  
150  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
93 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
t
LHLL  
ALE  
t
t
RWHSH  
SLRWL  
NCS  
t
LLRWL  
t
t
t
RWHRWL  
RWHRWL  
RWLRWH  
NWR  
NRD  
t
t
t
WHDX  
WLQV  
t
t
LLAX  
AVLL  
t
RLDV  
RHDZ  
D0 to D7  
A0 to A2  
A0 to A2  
D0 to D7  
Multiplexed address bus  
t
t
WHAX  
AVRWL  
A0 to A2  
Separated address bus  
001aaj638  
Fig 20. Separate read/write strobe timing diagram  
Remark: The signal ALE is not relevant for separate address/data bus and the  
multiplexed addresses on the data bus do not care. The multiplexed address and data bus  
address lines (A0 to A2) must be connected as described in Section 9.1.3 on page 8.  
13.4.2 Common read/write strobe bus timing  
Table 159. Common read/write strobe timing specification  
Symbol  
tLHLL  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min Typ Max Unit  
ALE HIGH time  
20  
15  
8
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tAVLL  
address valid to ALE LOW time  
address hold after ALE LOW time  
tLLAX  
tLLDSL  
ALE LOW to data strobe LOW time NWR or NRD  
LOW  
15  
tSLDSL  
chip select LOW to data strobe  
LOW time  
NCS LOW to  
NDS LOW  
0
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
tDSHSH  
tDSLDV  
tDSHDZ  
tDSLQV  
tDSHQX  
tDSHRWX  
tDSLDSH  
data strobe HIGH to chip select  
HIGH time  
-
data strobe LOW to data input valid  
time  
65  
20  
35  
-
data strobe HIGH to data input high  
impedance time  
-
data strobe LOW to data output  
valid time  
NDS/NCS LOW  
-
data output hold after data strobe  
HIGH time  
NDS HIGH (write  
cycle hold time)  
8
8
65  
RW hold after data strobe HIGH  
time  
after NDS HIGH  
-
data strobe LOW time  
NDS/NCS  
-
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
94 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 159. Common read/write strobe timing specification …continued  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min Typ Max Unit  
tAVDSL  
address valid to data strobe LOW  
time  
30  
-
-
ns  
tRHAX  
address hold after read HIGH time  
data strobe HIGH time  
8
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
tDSHDSL  
period between  
write sequences  
150  
tWLDSL  
write LOW to data strobe LOW time R/NW valid to  
NDS LOW  
8
-
-
ns  
t
LHLL  
ALE  
t
t
DSHSH  
SLDSL  
NCS/NDS  
R/NW  
t
t
DSHRWX  
WLDSL  
t
LLDSL  
t
t
t
DSHDSL  
DSHDSL  
DSLDSH  
NRD  
D0 to D7  
A0 to A2  
t
t
DSHQX  
DSLDV  
t
t
LLAX  
AVLL  
t
t
DSLQV  
DSHDZ  
A0 to A2  
D0 to D7  
Multiplexed address bus  
t
t
RHAX  
AVDSL  
A0 to A2  
Separated address bus  
001aaj639  
Fig 21. Common read/write strobe timing diagram  
13.4.3 EPP bus timing  
Table 160. Common read/write strobe timing specification for EPP  
Symbol  
tASLASH  
tAVASH  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min Typ Max Unit  
address strobe LOW time  
nAStrb  
20  
15  
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
address valid to address strobe  
HIGH time  
multiplexed address  
bus set-up time  
tASHAV  
tSLDSL  
tDSHSH  
tDSLDV  
address valid after address strobe  
HIGH time  
multiplexed address  
bus hold time  
8
0
0
-
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
chip select LOW to data strobe  
LOW time  
NCS LOW to nDStrb  
LOW  
-
data strobe HIGH to chip select  
HIGH time  
nDStrb HIGH to  
NCS HIGH  
-
data strobe LOW to data input valid read cycle  
time  
65  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
95 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 160. Common read/write strobe timing specification for EPP …continued  
Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Typ Max Unit  
tDSHDZ  
tDSLQV  
tDSHQX  
tDSHWX  
data strobe HIGH to data input high read cycle  
impedance time  
-
-
-
-
-
20  
35  
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
data strobe LOW to data output  
valid time  
nDStrb LOW  
NCS HIGH  
nWrite  
-
data output hold after data strobe  
HIGH time  
8
8
write hold after data strobe HIGH  
time  
-
tDSLDSH  
tWLDSL  
data strobe LOW time  
nDStrb  
65  
8
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
write LOW to data strobe LOW time nWrite valid to  
nDStrb LOW  
tDSL-WAITH data strobe LOW to WAIT HIGH  
time  
nDStrb LOW to  
nWrite HIGH  
-
-
-
-
75  
75  
ns  
ns  
tDSH-WAITL data strobe HIGH to WAIT LOW  
time  
nDStrb HIGH to  
nWrite LOW  
t
DSHSH  
t
SLDSL  
NCS  
t
t
DSHWX  
WLDSL  
nWrite  
t
DSLDSH  
nDStrb  
nAStrb  
t
t
t
DSLDV  
DSHQX  
DSHDZ  
t
DSLQV  
D0 to D7  
A0 to A7  
D0 to D7  
nWait  
t
t
DSH-WAITL  
DSL-WAITH  
001aaj640  
Fig 22. Timing diagram for common read/write strobe; EPP  
Remark: Figure 22 does not distinguish between the address write cycle and a data write  
cycle. The timings for the address write and data write cycle are different. In EPP mode,  
the address lines (A0 to A2) must be connected as described in Section 9.1.3 on page 8.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
96 of 117  
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
13.4.4 SPI timing  
Table 161. SPI timing specification  
Symbol  
tSCKL  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min Typ Max Unit  
SCK LOW time  
SCK HIGH time  
100  
100  
20  
-
-
-
-
-
-
ns  
ns  
ns  
tSCKH  
tDSHQX  
data output hold after data strobe  
HIGH time  
tDQXCH  
data input/output changing to clock  
HIGH time  
20  
-
-
ns  
th(SCKL-Q)  
SCK LOW to data output hold time  
-
-
-
15  
-
ns  
ns  
t(SCKL-NSSH) SCK LOW to NSS HIGH time  
20  
t
t
t
t
SCKL  
NSSH  
SCKL  
SCKH  
SCK  
t
h(SCKL-Q)  
t
h(SCKH-D)  
t
t
h(SCKL-Q)  
su(D-SCKH)  
OSI  
ISO  
MSB  
LSB  
MSB  
LSB  
t
(SCKL-NSSH)  
NSS  
001aaj64  
Fig 23. Timing diagram for SPI  
Remark: To send more bytes in one data stream the NSS signal must be LOW during the  
send process. To send more than one data stream the NSS signal must be HIGH between  
each data stream.  
13.4.5 Clock frequency  
The clock input is pin OSCIN.  
Table 162. Clock frequency  
Symbol  
Parameter  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ  
Max  
Unit  
fclk  
clock frequency  
checked by the clock  
filter  
-
13.56  
-
MHz  
clk  
clock duty cycle  
jitter time  
40  
-
50  
-
60  
10  
%
tjit  
of clock edges  
ps  
The clock applied to the MFRC531 acts as a time constant for the synchronous system’s  
encoder and decoder. The stability of the clock frequency is an important factor for  
ensuring proper performance. To obtain highest performance, clock jitter must be as small  
as possible. This is best achieved using the internal oscillator buffer and the  
recommended circuitry; see Section 9.8 on page 29.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
97 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
14. EEPROM characteristics  
The EEPROM size is 32 16 8 = 4096 bit.  
Table 163. EEPROM characteristics  
Symbol Parameter  
Nendu(W_ER) write or erase endurance erase/write cycles  
Conditions  
Min  
Typ Max  
Unit  
Hz  
100.000  
-
-
-
-
-
tret  
retention time  
erase time  
Tamb 55 C  
10  
-
-
year  
ms  
ter  
2.9  
2.9  
ta(W)  
write access time  
-
ms  
15. Application information  
15.1 Typical application  
15.1.1 Circuit diagram  
Figure 24 shows a typical application where the antenna is directly matched to the  
MFRC531:  
DVDD  
DVDD  
Reset  
AVDD  
AVDD  
TVDD  
TVDD  
RSTPD  
control lines  
data bus  
C1  
L0  
L0  
TX1  
MICROPROCESSOR  
BUS  
C0  
C0  
C2a  
C2b  
C3  
MICROPROCESSOR  
TVSS  
TX2  
C1  
R1  
MFRC531  
IRQ  
IRQ  
RX  
R2  
VMID  
DVSS  
OSCIN  
OSCOUT AVSS  
13.56 MHz  
C4  
100 nF  
15 pF  
15 pF  
001aal225  
Fig 24. Application example circuit diagram: directly matched antenna  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
98 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
15.1.2 Circuit description  
The matching circuit consists of an EMC low-pass filter (L0 and C0), matching circuitry  
(C1 and C2n), a receiver circuit (R1, R2, C3 and C4) and the antenna itself.  
Refer to the following application notes for more detailed information about designing and  
tuning an antenna.  
MICORE reader IC family; Directly Matched Antenna Design Ref. 1  
MIFARE (14443 A) 13.56 MHz RFID Proximity Antennas Ref. 2.  
15.1.2.1 EMC low-pass filter  
The MIFARE system operates at a frequency of 13.56 MHz. This frequency is generated  
by a quartz oscillator to clock the MFRC531. It is also the basis for driving the antenna  
using the 13.56 MHz energy carrier. This not only causes power emissions at 13.56 MHz,  
it also emits power at higher harmonics. International EMC regulations define the  
amplitude of the emitted power over a broad frequency range. To meet these regulations,  
appropriate filtering of the output signal is required.  
A multilayer board is recommended to implement a low-pass filter as shown in Figure 24.  
The low-pass filter consists of the components L0 and C0. The recommended values are  
given in Application notes MICORE reader IC family; Directly Matched Antenna Design  
Ref. 1 and MIFARE (14443 A) 13.56 MHz RFID Proximity Antennas Ref. 2.  
Remark: To achieve best performance, all components must be at least equal in quality to  
those recommended.  
Remark: The layout has a major influence on the overall performance of the filter.  
15.1.2.2 Antenna matching  
Due to the impedance transformation of the low-pass filter, the antenna coil has to be  
matched to a given impedance. The matching elements C1 and C2n can be estimated  
and have to be fine tuned depending on the design of the antenna coil.  
The correct impedance matching is important to ensure optimum performance. The  
overall quality factor has to be considered to guarantee a proper ISO/IEC 14443 A and  
ISO/IEC 14443 B communication schemes. Environmental influences have to considered  
and common EMC design rules.  
Refer to Application notes MICORE reader IC family; Directly Matched Antenna Design  
Ref. 1 and MIFARE (14443 A) 13.56 MHz RFID Proximity Antennas Ref. 2 for details.  
Remark: Do not exceed the current limits (IDD(TVDD)), otherwise the chip might be  
destroyed.  
Remark: The overall 13.56 MHz RFID proximity antenna design in combination with the  
MFRC531 IC does not require any specialist RF knowledge. However, all relevant  
parameters have to be considered to guarantee optimum performance and international  
EMC compliance.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
99 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
15.1.2.3 Receiver circuit  
The internal receiver of the MFRC531 makes use of both subcarrier load modulation  
side-bands. No external filtering is required.  
It is recommended to use the internally generated VMID potential as the input potential for  
pin RX. This VMID DC voltage level has to be coupled to pin RX using resistor (R2). To  
provide a stable DC reference voltage, capacitor (C4) must be connected between VMID  
and ground.  
The AC voltage divider of R1 + C3 and R2 has to be designed taking in to account the AC  
voltage limits on pin RX. Depending on the antenna coil design and the impedance,  
matching the voltage at the antenna coil will differ. Therefore the recommended way to  
design the receiver circuit is to use the given values for R1, R2, and C3; refer to  
Application note; MIFARE (14443 A) 13.56 MHz RFID Proximity Antennas Ref. 2. The  
voltage on pin RX can be altered by varying R1 within the given limits.  
Remark: R2 is AC connected to ground using C4.  
15.1.2.4 Antenna coil  
The precise calculation of the antenna coil’s inductance is not practicable but the  
inductance can be estimated using Equation 10. We recommend designing an antenna  
that is either circular or rectangular.  
I1  
1.8  
------  
L1nH= 2 I1cm  ln   K N1  
(10)  
D1  
l1 = length of one turn of the conductor loop  
D1 = diameter of the wire or width of the PCB conductor, respectively  
K = antenna shape factor (K = 1.07 for circular antennas and K = 1.47 for square  
antennas)  
N1 = number of turns  
ln = natural logarithm function  
The values of the antenna inductance, resistance, and capacitance at 13.56 MHz depend  
on various parameters such as:  
antenna construction (type of PCB)  
thickness of conductor  
distance between the windings  
shielding layer  
metal or ferrite nearby in the environment  
Therefore, a measurement of these parameters under real life conditions or at least a  
rough measurement and a tuning procedure is highly recommended to guarantee a  
reasonable performance. Refer to Application notes MICORE reader IC family; Directly  
Matched Antenna Design Ref. 1 and MIFARE (14443 A) 13.56 MHz RFID Proximity  
Antennas Ref. 2 for details.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
100 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
15.2 Test signals  
The MFRC531 allows different kinds of signal measurements. These measurements can  
be used to check the internally generated and received signals using the serial signal  
switch as described in Section 9.11 on page 35.  
In addition, the MFRC531 enables users to select between:  
internal analog signals for measurement on pin AUX  
internal digital signals for observation on pin MFOUT (based on register selections)  
These measurements can be helpful during the design-in phase to optimize the receiver’s  
behavior or for test purposes.  
15.2.1 Measurements using the serial signal switch  
Using the serial signal switch on pin MFOUT, data is observed that is sent to the card or  
received from the card. Table 164 gives an overview of the different signals available.  
Table 164. Signal routed to pin MFOUT  
SignalToMFOUT  
MFOUTSelect[2:0]  
Signal routed to pin MFOUT  
LOW  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
000  
001  
010  
011  
100  
101  
110  
111  
X
HIGH  
envelope  
transmit NRZ  
Manchester with subcarrier  
Manchester  
reserved  
reserved  
digital test signal  
Remark: The routing of the Manchester or the Manchester with subcarrier signal to pin  
MFOUT is only possible at 106 kBd based on ISO/IEC 14443 A.  
15.2.1.1 TX control  
Figure 25 shows as an example of an ISO/IEC 14443 A communication.  
The signal is measured on pin MFOUT using the serial signal switch to control the data  
sent to the card. Setting the flag MFOUTSelect[2:0] = 010 sends the data to the card  
coded as NRZ. Setting MFOUTSelect[2:0] = 001 shows the data as a Miller coded signal.  
The RFOut signal is measured directly on the antenna and gives the RF signal pulse  
shape. Refer to Application note Directly matched Antenna - Excel calculation (Ref. 3) for  
detail information on the RF signal pulse.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
101 of 117  
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
(1)  
(2)  
(3)  
10 μs per division  
001aak626  
(1) MFOUTSelect[2:0] = 001; serial data stream; 2 V per division.  
(2) MFOUTSelect[2:0] = 010; serial data stream; 2 V per division.  
(3) RFOut; 1 V per division.  
Fig 25. TX control signals  
15.2.1.2 RX control  
Figure 26 shows an example of ISO/IEC 14443 A communication which represents the  
beginning of a card’s answer to a request signal.  
The RF signal shows the RF voltage measured directly on the antenna so that the card’s  
load modulation is visible. Setting MFOUTSelect[2:0] = 011 shows the Manchester  
decoded signal with subcarrier. Setting MFOUTSelect[2:0] = 100 shows the Manchester  
decoded signal.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
102 of 117  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
(1)  
(2)  
(3)  
10 μs per division  
001aak627  
(1) RFOut; 1 V per division.  
(2) MFOUTSelect[2:0] = 011; Manchester with subcarrier; 2 V per division.  
(3) MFOUTSelect[2:0] = 100; Manchester; 2 V per division.  
Fig 26. RX control signals  
15.2.2 Analog test signals  
The analog test signals can be routed to pin AUX by selecting them using the  
TestAnaSelect register TestAnaOutSel[4:0] bits.  
Table 165. Analog test signal selection  
Value Signal Name Description  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
VMID  
voltage at internal node VMID  
Vbandgap  
VRxFollI  
VRxFollQ  
VRxAmpI  
VRxAmpQ  
VCorrNI  
internal reference voltage generated by the bandgap  
output signal from the demodulator using the I-clock  
output signal from the demodulator using the Q-clock  
I-channel subcarrier signal amplified and filtered  
Q-channel subcarrier signal amplified and filtered  
output signal of N-channel correlator fed by the I-channel subcarrier  
signal  
7
8
9
A
VCorrNQ  
VCorrDI  
VCorrDQ  
VEvalL  
output signal of N-channel correlator fed by the Q-channel subcarrier  
signal  
output signal of D-channel correlator fed by the I-channel subcarrier  
signal  
output signal of D-channel correlator fed by the Q-channel subcarrier  
signal  
evaluation signal from the left half-bit  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
103 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 165. Analog test signal selection …continued  
Value Signal Name Description  
B
C
D
E
F
VEvalR  
VTemp  
evaluation signal from the right half-bit  
temperature voltage derived from band gap  
reserved for future use  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved  
reserved for future use  
reserved for future use  
15.2.3 Digital test signals  
Digital test signals can be routed to pin MFOUT by setting bit SignalToMFOUT = logic 1. A  
digital test signal is selected using the TestDigiSelect register TestDigiSignalSel[6:0] bits.  
The signals selected by the TestDigiSignalSel[6:0] bits are shown in Table 166.  
Table 166. Digital test signal selection  
TestDigiSignalSel Signal name Description  
[6:0]  
F4h  
E4h  
s_data  
s_valid  
data received from the card  
when logic 1 is returned the s_data and s_coll signals are  
valid  
D4h  
C4h  
s_coll  
when logic 1 is returned a collision has been detected in the  
current bit  
s_clock  
internal serial clock:  
during transmission, this is the encoder clock  
during reception this is the receiver clock  
B5h  
A5h  
rd_sync  
wr_sync  
internal synchronized read signal which is derived from the  
parallel microprocessor interface  
internal synchronized write signal which is derived from the  
parallel microprocessor interface  
96h  
83h  
E2h  
00h  
int_clock  
internal 13.56 MHz clock  
BPSK output signal  
BPSK_out  
BPSK_sig  
BPSK signal’s amplitude detected  
no test signal output as defined by the MFOUTSelect register  
MFOUTSelect[2:0] bits routed to pin MFOUT  
If test signals are not used, the TestDigiSelect register address value must be 00h.  
Remark: All other values for TestDigiSignalSel[6:0] are for production test purposes only.  
15.2.4 Examples of ISO/IEC 14443 A analog and digital test signals  
Figure 27 shows a MIFARE card’s answer to a request command using the Q-clock  
receiving path. RX reference is given to show the Manchester modulated signal on pin  
RX.  
The signal is demodulated and amplified in the receiver circuitry. Signal VRXAmpQ is the  
amplified side-band signal using the Q-clock for demodulation. The signals VCorrDQ and  
VCorrNQ were generated in the correlation circuitry. They are processed further in the  
evaluation and digitizer circuitry.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
104 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Signals VEvalR and VEvalL show the evaluation of the signal’s right and left half-bit.  
Finally, the digital test signal s_data shows the received data. This is then sent to the  
internal digital circuit and s_valid which indicates the received data stream is valid.  
RX reference  
VRxAmpQ  
VCorrDQ  
VCorrNQ  
VEvalR  
VEvalL  
s_data  
s_valid  
50 μs per division  
001aak628  
Fig 27. ISO/IEC 14443 A receiving path Q-clock  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
105 of 117  
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
16. Package outline  
SO32: plastic small outline package; 32 leads; body width 7.5 mm  
SOT287-1  
D
E
A
X
c
y
H
v
M
A
E
Z
17  
32  
Q
A
2
A
(A )  
3
A
1
pin 1 index  
θ
L
p
L
16  
1
w
M
detail X  
b
p
e
0
5
10 mm  
scale  
DIMENSIONS (inch dimensions are derived from the original mm dimensions)  
A
(1)  
(1)  
(1)  
UNIT  
A
A
A
b
c
D
E
e
H
E
L
L
Q
v
w
y
Z
θ
p
p
1
2
3
max.  
0.3  
0.1  
2.45  
2.25  
0.49  
0.36  
0.27 20.7  
0.18 20.3  
7.6  
7.4  
10.65  
10.00  
1.1  
0.4  
1.2  
1.0  
0.95  
0.55  
mm  
2.65  
0.25  
0.01  
1.27  
0.05  
1.4  
0.25  
0.01  
0.25  
0.01  
0.1  
8o  
0o  
0.012 0.096  
0.004 0.089  
0.02 0.011 0.81  
0.01 0.007 0.80  
0.30  
0.29  
0.419  
0.394  
0.043 0.047  
0.016 0.039  
0.037  
0.022  
inches  
0.1  
0.004  
0.055  
Note  
1. Plastic or metal protrusions of 0.15 mm (0.006 inch) maximum per side are not included.  
REFERENCES  
OUTLINE  
EUROPEAN  
PROJECTION  
ISSUE DATE  
VERSION  
IEC  
JEDEC  
JEITA  
00-08-17  
03-02-19  
SOT287-1  
MO-119  
Fig 28. Package outline SOT287-1  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
106 of 117  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
17. Abbreviations  
Table 167. Abbreviations and acronyms  
Acronym  
Description  
ASK  
BPSK  
CMOS  
CRC  
EOF  
EPP  
ETU  
FIFO  
HBM  
LSB  
Amplitude-Shift Keying  
Binary Phase-Shift Keying  
Complementary Metal-Oxide Semiconductor  
Cyclic Redundancy Check  
End Of Frame  
Enhanced Parallel Port  
Elementary Time Unit  
First In, First Out  
Human Body Model  
Least Significant Bit  
MM  
Machine Model  
MSB  
NRZ  
POR  
PCD  
PICC  
SOF  
SPI  
Most Significant Bit  
None Return to Zero  
Power-On Reset  
Proximity Coupling Device  
Proximity Integrated Circuit Card  
Start Of Frame  
Serial Peripheral Interface  
18. References  
[1] Application note — MICORE reader IC family; Directly Matched Antenna Design.  
[2] Application note — MIFARE (14443 A) 13.56 MHz RFID Proximity Antennas.  
[3] Application note — Directly matched Antenna - Excel calculation.  
[4] ISO standard — ISO/IEC 14443 Identification cards - Contactless integrated  
circuit(s) cards - Proximity cards, part 1-4.  
[5] Application note — MIFARE Implementation of Higher Baud rates.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
107 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
19. Revision history  
Table 168. Revision history  
Document ID  
MFRC531 v. 3.6 20140227  
Modifications:  
MFRC531 v. 3.5 20140203  
Release date  
Data sheet status  
Change notice  
Supersedes  
Product data sheet  
-
MFRC531 v. 3.5  
Section 2 “General description”: 1st paragraph updated  
Product data sheet  
-
-
MFRC531_34  
Modifications:  
Section 2 “General description”: updated  
Change of descriptive title  
MFRC531_34  
Modifications:  
20100126  
Product data sheet  
056633  
The format of this data sheet has been redesigned to comply with the new identity guidelines of  
NXP Semiconductors  
Legal texts have been adapted to the new company name where appropriate  
The symbols for electrical characteristics and their parameters have been updated to meet the  
NXP Semiconductors’ guidelines  
A number of inconsistencies in pin, register and bit names have been eliminated from the data sheet  
All drawings have been updated  
Several symbol changes made to drawings in Figure 23 on page 97 to Figure 26 “RX control signals”  
on page 103  
Section 5 “Quick reference data” on page 3: section added  
Section 6 “Ordering information” on page 3: updated  
Section 15.1.2.4 “Antenna coil” on page 100: added missing formula and updated the last clause  
Section 16 “Package outline” on page 106: updated  
Data sheet security status changed from COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL to COMPANY PUBLIC  
RATP/Innovatron Technologies license statement added to the legal page  
056633  
056632  
056631  
056630  
056620  
056610  
December 2005  
Product data sheet  
Product data sheet  
Product data sheet  
Product data sheet  
Preliminary data sheet  
Objective data sheet  
056632  
056631  
056630  
056620  
056610  
-
April 2005  
May 2004  
November 2002  
January 2002  
July 2001  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
108 of 117  
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
20. Legal information  
20.1 Data sheet status  
Document status[1][2]  
Product status[3]  
Development  
Definition  
Objective [short] data sheet  
This document contains data from the objective specification for product development.  
This document contains data from the preliminary specification.  
This document contains the product specification.  
Preliminary [short] data sheet Qualification  
Product [short] data sheet Production  
[1]  
[2]  
[3]  
Please consult the most recently issued document before initiating or completing a design.  
The term ‘short data sheet’ is explained in section “Definitions”.  
The product status of device(s) described in this document may have changed since this document was published and may differ in case of multiple devices. The latest product status  
information is available on the Internet at URL http://www.nxp.com.  
Suitability for use — NXP Semiconductors products are not designed,  
20.2 Definitions  
authorized or warranted to be suitable for use in life support, life-critical or  
safety-critical systems or equipment, nor in applications where failure or  
malfunction of an NXP Semiconductors product can reasonably be expected  
to result in personal injury, death or severe property or environmental  
damage. NXP Semiconductors and its suppliers accept no liability for  
inclusion and/or use of NXP Semiconductors products in such equipment or  
applications and therefore such inclusion and/or use is at the customer’s own  
risk.  
Draft — The document is a draft version only. The content is still under  
internal review and subject to formal approval, which may result in  
modifications or additions. NXP Semiconductors does not give any  
representations or warranties as to the accuracy or completeness of  
information included herein and shall have no liability for the consequences of  
use of such information.  
Short data sheet — A short data sheet is an extract from a full data sheet  
with the same product type number(s) and title. A short data sheet is intended  
for quick reference only and should not be relied upon to contain detailed and  
full information. For detailed and full information see the relevant full data  
sheet, which is available on request via the local NXP Semiconductors sales  
office. In case of any inconsistency or conflict with the short data sheet, the  
full data sheet shall prevail.  
Applications — Applications that are described herein for any of these  
products are for illustrative purposes only. NXP Semiconductors makes no  
representation or warranty that such applications will be suitable for the  
specified use without further testing or modification.  
Customers are responsible for the design and operation of their applications  
and products using NXP Semiconductors products, and NXP Semiconductors  
accepts no liability for any assistance with applications or customer product  
design. It is customer’s sole responsibility to determine whether the NXP  
Semiconductors product is suitable and fit for the customer’s applications and  
products planned, as well as for the planned application and use of  
customer’s third party customer(s). Customers should provide appropriate  
design and operating safeguards to minimize the risks associated with their  
applications and products.  
Product specification — The information and data provided in a Product  
data sheet shall define the specification of the product as agreed between  
NXP Semiconductors and its customer, unless NXP Semiconductors and  
customer have explicitly agreed otherwise in writing. In no event however,  
shall an agreement be valid in which the NXP Semiconductors product is  
deemed to offer functions and qualities beyond those described in the  
Product data sheet.  
NXP Semiconductors does not accept any liability related to any default,  
damage, costs or problem which is based on any weakness or default in the  
customer’s applications or products, or the application or use by customer’s  
third party customer(s). Customer is responsible for doing all necessary  
testing for the customer’s applications and products using NXP  
Semiconductors products in order to avoid a default of the applications and  
the products or of the application or use by customer’s third party  
customer(s). NXP does not accept any liability in this respect.  
20.3 Disclaimers  
Limited warranty and liability — Information in this document is believed to  
be accurate and reliable. However, NXP Semiconductors does not give any  
representations or warranties, expressed or implied, as to the accuracy or  
completeness of such information and shall have no liability for the  
consequences of use of such information. NXP Semiconductors takes no  
responsibility for the content in this document if provided by an information  
source outside of NXP Semiconductors.  
Limiting values — Stress above one or more limiting values (as defined in  
the Absolute Maximum Ratings System of IEC 60134) will cause permanent  
damage to the device. Limiting values are stress ratings only and (proper)  
operation of the device at these or any other conditions above those given in  
the Recommended operating conditions section (if present) or the  
Characteristics sections of this document is not warranted. Constant or  
repeated exposure to limiting values will permanently and irreversibly affect  
the quality and reliability of the device.  
In no event shall NXP Semiconductors be liable for any indirect, incidental,  
punitive, special or consequential damages (including - without limitation - lost  
profits, lost savings, business interruption, costs related to the removal or  
replacement of any products or rework charges) whether or not such  
damages are based on tort (including negligence), warranty, breach of  
contract or any other legal theory.  
Terms and conditions of commercial sale — NXP Semiconductors  
products are sold subject to the general terms and conditions of commercial  
sale, as published at http://www.nxp.com/profile/terms, unless otherwise  
agreed in a valid written individual agreement. In case an individual  
agreement is concluded only the terms and conditions of the respective  
agreement shall apply. NXP Semiconductors hereby expressly objects to  
applying the customer’s general terms and conditions with regard to the  
purchase of NXP Semiconductors products by customer.  
Notwithstanding any damages that customer might incur for any reason  
whatsoever, NXP Semiconductors’ aggregate and cumulative liability towards  
customer for the products described herein shall be limited in accordance  
with the Terms and conditions of commercial sale of NXP Semiconductors.  
Right to make changes — NXP Semiconductors reserves the right to make  
changes to information published in this document, including without  
limitation specifications and product descriptions, at any time and without  
notice. This document supersedes and replaces all information supplied prior  
to the publication hereof.  
No offer to sell or license — Nothing in this document may be interpreted or  
construed as an offer to sell products that is open for acceptance or the grant,  
conveyance or implication of any license under any copyrights, patents or  
other industrial or intellectual property rights.  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
109 of 117  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Export control — This document as well as the item(s) described herein  
may be subject to export control regulations. Export might require a prior  
authorization from competent authorities.  
20.4 Licenses  
Purchase of NXP ICs with ISO/IEC 14443 type B functionality  
Quick reference data — The Quick reference data is an extract of the  
product data given in the Limiting values and Characteristics sections of this  
document, and as such is not complete, exhaustive or legally binding.  
This NXP Semiconductors IC is ISO/IEC 14443 Type B  
software enabled and is licensed under Innovatron’s  
Contactless Card patents license for ISO/IEC 14443 B.  
Non-automotive qualified products — Unless this data sheet expressly  
states that this specific NXP Semiconductors product is automotive qualified,  
the product is not suitable for automotive use. It is neither qualified nor tested  
in accordance with automotive testing or application requirements. NXP  
Semiconductors accepts no liability for inclusion and/or use of  
The license includes the right to use the IC in systems  
and/or end-user equipment.  
RATP/Innovatron  
Technology  
non-automotive qualified products in automotive equipment or applications.  
In the event that customer uses the product for design-in and use in  
automotive applications to automotive specifications and standards, customer  
(a) shall use the product without NXP Semiconductors’ warranty of the  
product for such automotive applications, use and specifications, and (b)  
whenever customer uses the product for automotive applications beyond  
NXP Semiconductors’ specifications such use shall be solely at customer’s  
own risk, and (c) customer fully indemnifies NXP Semiconductors for any  
liability, damages or failed product claims resulting from customer design and  
use of the product for automotive applications beyond NXP Semiconductors’  
standard warranty and NXP Semiconductors’ product specifications.  
20.5 Trademarks  
Notice: All referenced brands, product names, service names and trademarks  
are the property of their respective owners.  
MIFARE — is a trademark of NXP Semiconductors N.V.  
MIFARE Ultralight is a trademark of NXP Semiconductors N.V.  
MIFARE Plus is a trademark of NXP Semiconductors N.V.  
DESFire — is a trademark of NXP Semiconductors N.V.  
Translations — A non-English (translated) version of a document is for  
reference only. The English version shall prevail in case of any discrepancy  
between the translated and English versions.  
21. Contact information  
For more information, please visit: http://www.nxp.com  
For sales office addresses, please send an email to: salesaddresses@nxp.com  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
110 of 117  
 
 
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
22. Tables  
Table 1. Quick reference data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3  
Table 2. Ordering information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3  
Table 3. Pin description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5  
Table 4. Supported microprocessor and EPP interface  
signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7  
Table 39. Page register (address: 00h, 08h, 10h, 18h, 20h,  
28h, 30h, 38h) reset value: 1000 0000b, 80h bit  
allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48  
Table 40. Page register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48  
Table 41. Command register (address: 01h) reset value:  
x000 0000b, x0h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . 48  
Table 42. Command register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . 48  
Table 43. FIFOData register (address: 02h) reset value:  
xxxx xxxxb, 05h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49  
Table 44. FIFOData register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . 49  
Table 45. PrimaryStatus register (address: 03h) reset value:  
0000 0101b, 05h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . 49  
Table 46. PrimaryStatus register bit descriptions . . . . . . 49  
Table 47. FIFOLength register (address: 04h) reset value:  
0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . 50  
Table 48. FIFOLength bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50  
Table 49. SecondaryStatus register (address: 05h) reset  
value: 01100 000b, 60h bit allocation . . . . . . . 51  
Table 50. SecondaryStatus register bit descriptions . . . . 51  
Table 51. InterruptEn register (address: 06h) reset value:  
0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . 51  
Table 52. InterruptEn register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . 51  
Table 53. InterruptRq register (address: 07h) reset value:  
0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . 52  
Table 54. InterruptRq register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . 52  
Table 55. Control register (address: 09h) reset value: 0000  
0000b, 00h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53  
Table 5. Connection scheme for detecting the parallel  
interface type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8  
Table 6. SPI compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10  
Table 7. SPI read data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10  
Table 8. SPI read address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11  
Table 9. SPI write data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11  
Table 10. SPI write address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11  
Table 11. EEPROM memory organization diagram . . . . .12  
Table 12. Product information field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13  
Table 13. Product type identification definition . . . . . . . .13  
Table 14. Byte assignment for register initialization at  
start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14  
Table 15. Shipment content of StartUp configuration file .15  
Table 16. Byte assignment for register initialization at  
startup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16  
Table 17. FIFO buffer access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17  
Table 18. Associated FIFO buffer registers and flags . . .19  
Table 19. Interrupt sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20  
Table 20. Interrupt control registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20  
Table 21. Associated Interrupt request system registers  
and flags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21  
Table 22. Associated timer unit registers and flags . . . . .25  
Table 23. Signal on pins during Hard power-down . . . . .26  
Table 24. Pin TX1 configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29  
Table 25. Pin TX2 configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30  
Table 26. TX1 and TX2 source resistance of n-channel  
driver transistor against GsCfgCW  
Table 56. Control register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . 53  
Table 57. ErrorFlag register (address: 0Ah) reset value:  
0100 0000b, 40h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . 53  
Table 58. ErrorFlag register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . . 53  
Table 59. CollPos register (address: 0Bh) reset value: 0000  
0000b, 00h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54  
or GsCfgMod . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31  
Table 27. Gain factors for the internal amplifier . . . . . . . .34  
Table 28. DecoderSource[1:0] values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37  
Table 29. ModulatorSource[1:0] values . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37  
Table 30. MFOUTSelect[2:0] values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37  
Table 31. Register settings to enable use of the analog  
circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38  
Table 60. CollPos register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . 54  
Table 61. TimerValue register (address: 0Ch) reset value:  
xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55  
Table 62. TimerValue register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . 55  
Table 63. CRCResultLSB register (address: 0Dh) reset  
value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation . . . . . . . . 55  
Table 32. MIFARE higher baud rates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38  
Table 33. ISO/IEC 14443 B registers and flags . . . . . . . .39  
Table 34. Dedicated address bus: assembling the register  
address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41  
Table 35. Multiplexed address bus: assembling the register  
address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42  
Table 64. CRCResultLSB register bit descriptions . . . . . 55  
Table 65. CRCResultMSB register (address: 0Eh) reset  
value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation . . . . . . . . 55  
Table 66. CRCResultMSB register bit descriptions . . . . 55  
Table 67. BitFraming register (address: 0Fh) reset value:  
0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . 56  
Table 36. Behavior and designation of register bits . . . . .42  
Table 37. MFRC531 register overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43  
Table 38. MFRC531 register flags overview . . . . . . . . . .45  
Table 68. BitFraming register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . 56  
Table 69. TxControl register (address: 11h) reset value:  
0101 1000b, 58h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . 57  
continued >>  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
111 of 117  
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 70. TxControl register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . .57  
Table 71. CwConductance register (address: 12h) reset  
value: 0011 1111b, 3Fh bit allocation . . . . . . . .58  
Table 72. CwConductance register bit descriptions . . . .58  
Table 73. ModConductance register (address: 13h) reset  
value: 0011 1111b, 3Fh bit allocation . . . . . . . .58  
Table 74. ModConductance register bit descriptions . . . .58  
Table 75. CoderControl register (address: 14h) reset value:  
0001 1001b, 19h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . .59  
Table 104. PreSet25 register (address: 25h) reset value:  
0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . 66  
Table 105. MFOUTSelect register (address: 26h) reset  
value: 0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation . . . . . . . 67  
Table 106. MFOUTSelect register bit descriptions . . . . . 67  
Table 107. PreSet27 (address: 27h) reset value: xxxx xxxxb,  
xxh bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67  
Table 108. FIFOLevel register (address: 29h) reset value:  
0000 1000b, 08h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . 68  
Table 76. CoderControl register bit descriptions . . . . . . .59  
Table 77. ModWidth register (address: 15h) reset value:  
0001 0011b, 13h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . .59  
Table 109. FIFOLevel register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . 68  
Table 110. TimerClock register (address: 2Ah) reset value:  
0000 0111b, 07h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68  
Table 78. ModWidth register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . .59  
Table 79. PreSet16 register (address: 16h) reset value:  
0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . .59  
Table 111. TimerClock register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . 68  
Table 112. TimerControl register (address: 2Bh) reset value:  
0000 0110b, 06h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . 69  
Table 80. TypeBFraming register (address: 17h) reset  
value: 0011 1011b, 3Bh bit allocation . . . . . . .60  
Table 81. TypeBFraming register bit descriptions . . . . . .60  
Table 82. RxControl1 register (address: 19h) reset value:  
0111 0011b, 73h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . .61  
Table 83. RxControl1 register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . .61  
Table 84. DecoderControl register (address: 1Ah) reset  
value: 0000 1000b, 08h bit allocation . . . . . . .62  
Table 85. DecoderControl register bit descriptions . . . . .62  
Table 86. BitPhase register (address: 1Bh) reset value:  
1010 1101b, ADh bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . .62  
Table 113. TimerControl register bit descriptions . . . . . . . 69  
Table 114. TimerReload register (address: 2Ch) reset value:  
0000 1010b, 0Ah bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . 69  
Table 115. TimerReload register bit descriptions . . . . . . . 69  
Table 116. IRQPinConfig register (address: 2Dh) reset value:  
0000 0010b, 02h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
Table 117. IRQPinConfig register bit descriptions . . . . . . 70  
Table 118. PreSet2E register (address: 2Eh) reset value:  
xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
Table 119. PreSet2F register (address: 2Fh) reset value:  
xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
Table 87. BitPhase register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . .62  
Table 88. RxThreshold register (address: 1Ch) reset value:  
1111 1111b, FFh bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . .63  
Table 120. Reserved registers (address: 31h, 32h, 33h, 34h,  
35h, 36h, 37h) reset value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit  
allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
Table 89. RxThreshold register bit descriptions . . . . . . .63  
Table 90. BPSKDemControl register (address: 1Dh) reset  
value: 0001 1110b, 1Eh bit allocation . . . . . . .63  
Table 91. BPSKDemControl register bit descriptions . . .63  
Table 92. RxControl2 register (address: 1Eh) reset value:  
0100 0001b, 41h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . .64  
Table 93. RxControl2 register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . .64  
Table 94. ClockQControl register (address: 1Fh) reset  
value: 000x xxxxb, xxh bit allocation . . . . . . . .64  
Table 121. Reserved register (address: 39h) reset value:  
xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71  
Table 122. TestAnaSelect register (address: 3Ah) reset  
value: 0000 0000b, 00h bit allocation . . . . . . . 71  
Table 123. TestAnaSelect bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . 71  
Table 124. Reserved register (address: 3Bh) reset value:  
xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72  
Table 125. Reserved register (address: 3Ch) reset value:  
xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72  
Table 95. ClockQControl register bit descriptions . . . . . .64  
Table 96. RxWait register (address: 21h) reset value: 0000  
0101b, 06h bit allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65  
Table 97. RxWait register bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . .65  
Table 98. ChannelRedundancy register (address: 22h)  
reset value: 0000 0011b, 03h bit allocation . . .65  
Table 99. ChannelRedundancy bit descriptions . . . . . . .65  
Table 100. CRCPresetLSB register (address: 23h) reset  
value: 0101 0011b, 63h bit allocation . . . . . . .66  
Table 101. CRCPresetLSB register bit descriptions . . . . .66  
Table 102. CRCPresetMSB register (address: 24h) reset  
value: 0101 0011b, 63h bit allocation . . . . . . .66  
Table 126. TestDigiSelect register (address: 3Dh) reset  
value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation . . . . . . . . 72  
Table 127. TestDigiSelect register bit descriptions . . . . . 72  
Table 128. Reserved register (address: 3Eh, 3Fh) reset  
value: xxxx xxxxb, xxh bit allocation . . . . . . . . 73  
Table 129. MFRC531 commands overview . . . . . . . . . . . 73  
Table 130. StartUp command 3Fh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75  
Table 131. Idle command 00h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75  
Table 132. Transmit command 1Ah . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76  
Table 133. Transmission of frames of more than  
64 bytes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79  
Table 134. Receive command 16h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79  
Table 135. Return values for bit-collision positions . . . . . 81  
Table 103. CRCPresetMSB bit descriptions . . . . . . . . . . .66  
continued >>  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
112 of 117  
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
Table 136. Communication error table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81  
Table 137. Transceive command 1Eh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82  
Table 138. Meaning of ModemState . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82  
Table 139. WriteE2 command 01h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84  
Table 140. ReadE2 command 03h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86  
Table 141. LoadConfig command 07h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .86  
Table 142. CalcCRC command 12h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87  
Table 143. CRC coprocessor parameters . . . . . . . . . . . .87  
Table 144. ErrorFlag register error flags overview . . . . . .88  
Table 145. LoadKeyE2 command 0Bh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88  
Table 146. LoadKey command 19h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88  
Table 147. Authent1 command 0Ch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89  
Table 148. Authent2 command 14h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89  
Table 149. Limiting values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90  
Table 150. Operating condition range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90  
Table 151. Current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91  
Table 152. Standard input pin characteristics . . . . . . . . . .91  
Table 153. Schmitt trigger input pin characteristics . . . . .91  
Table 154. RSTPD input pin characteristics . . . . . . . . . . .92  
Table 155. RX input capacitance and input voltage range 92  
Table 156. Digital output pin characteristics . . . . . . . . . . .92  
Table 157. Antenna driver output pin characteristics . . . .93  
Table 158. Timing specification for separate read/write  
strobe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93  
Table 159. Common read/write strobe timing  
specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94  
Table 160. Common read/write strobe timing  
specification for EPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95  
Table 161. SPI timing specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97  
Table 162. Clock frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97  
Table 163. EEPROM characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98  
Table 164. Signal routed to pin MFOUT . . . . . . . . . . . . .101  
Table 165. Analog test signal selection . . . . . . . . . . . . .103  
Table 166. Digital test signal selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104  
Table 167. Abbreviations and acronyms . . . . . . . . . . . . .107  
Table 168. Revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
113 of 117  
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
23. Figures  
Fig 1. MFRC531 block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4  
Fig 2. MFRC531 pin configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5  
Fig 3. Connection to microprocessor: separate read  
and write strobes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8  
Fig 4. Connection to microprocessor: common read  
and write strobes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9  
Fig 5. Connection to microprocessor: EPP common  
read/write strobes and handshake. . . . . . . . . . . . .9  
Fig 6. Connection to microprocessor: SPI . . . . . . . . . . .10  
Fig 7. Key storage format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16  
Fig 8. Timer module block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23  
Fig 9. The StartUp procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27  
Fig 10. Quartz clock connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29  
Fig 11. Receiver circuit block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33  
Fig 12. Automatic Q-clock calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34  
Fig 13. Serial signal switch block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . .36  
Fig 14. Crypto1 key handling block diagram . . . . . . . . . .40  
Fig 15. Transmitting bit oriented frames . . . . . . . . . . . . .77  
Fig 16. Timing for transmitting byte oriented frames . . . .78  
Fig 17. Timing for transmitting bit oriented frames. . . . . .78  
Fig 18. Card communication state diagram . . . . . . . . . . .83  
Fig 19. EEPROM programming timing diagram. . . . . . . .85  
Fig 20. Separate read/write strobe timing diagram . . . . .94  
Fig 21. Common read/write strobe timing diagram . . . . .95  
Fig 22. Timing diagram for common read/write strobe;  
EPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96  
Fig 23. Timing diagram for SPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97  
Fig 24. Application example circuit diagram: directly  
matched antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98  
Fig 25. TX control signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102  
Fig 26. RX control signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103  
Fig 27. ISO/IEC 14443 A receiving path Q-clock. . . . . .105  
Fig 28. Package outline SOT287-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
114 of 117  
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
24. Contents  
1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1  
9.5  
9.5.1  
Timer unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22  
Timer unit implementation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23  
Timer unit block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23  
Controlling the timer unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23  
Timer unit clock and period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24  
Timer unit status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24  
Using the timer unit functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . 25  
Time-out and WatchDog counters . . . . . . . . . 25  
Stopwatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25  
Programmable one shot timer and  
periodic trigger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25  
Timer unit registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25  
Power reduction modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26  
Hard power-down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26  
Soft power-down mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26  
Standby mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27  
Automatic receiver power-down. . . . . . . . . . . 27  
StartUp phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27  
Hard power-down phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27  
Reset phase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28  
Initialization phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28  
Initializing the parallel interface type . . . . . . . 28  
Oscillator circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29  
Transmitter pins TX1 and TX2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 29  
Configuring pins TX1 and TX2. . . . . . . . . . . . 29  
Antenna operating distance versus power  
2
General description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1  
Features and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Quick reference data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Ordering information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4  
Pinning information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5  
Pin description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5  
9.5.1.1  
9.5.1.2  
9.5.1.3  
9.5.1.4  
9.5.2  
9.5.2.1  
9.5.2.2  
9.5.2.3  
3
3.1  
4
5
6
7
8
8.1  
9.5.3  
9.6  
9
9.1  
9.1.1  
Functional description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
Digital interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
Overview of supported microprocessor  
interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
Automatic microprocessor interface detection . 7  
Connection to different microprocessor types . 8  
Separate read and write strobe . . . . . . . . . . . . 8  
Common read and write strobe . . . . . . . . . . . . 9  
Common read and write strobe: EPP with  
9.6.1  
9.6.2  
9.6.3  
9.6.4  
9.7  
9.7.1  
9.7.2  
9.7.3  
9.7.4  
9.8  
9.1.2  
9.1.3  
9.1.3.1  
9.1.3.2  
9.1.3.3  
handshake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9  
Serial Peripheral Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9  
SPI read data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10  
SPI write data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11  
Memory organization of the EEPROM . . . . . . 12  
Product information field (read only). . . . . . . . 13  
Register initialization files (read/write) . . . . . . 13  
StartUp register initialization file (read/write) . 14  
Factory default StartUp register  
initialization file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14  
Register initialization file (read/write) . . . . . . . 16  
Crypto1 keys (write only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
Key format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
Storage of keys in the EEPROM . . . . . . . . . . 17  
FIFO buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Accessing the FIFO buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Access rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
Controlling the FIFO buffer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
FIFO buffer status information . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
FIFO buffer registers and flags. . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
Interrupt request system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
Interrupt sources overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
Interrupt request handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
Controlling interrupts and getting their status . 20  
Accessing the interrupt registers . . . . . . . . . . 20  
Configuration of pin IRQ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21  
Register overview interrupt request system . . 21  
9.1.4  
9.1.4.1  
9.1.4.2  
9.2  
9.2.1  
9.2.2  
9.9  
9.9.1  
9.9.2  
consumption. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30  
Antenna driver output source resistance . . . . 30  
Source resistance table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31  
Calculating the relative source resistance . . . 32  
Calculating the effective source resistance . . 32  
Pulse width. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32  
Receiver circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32  
Receiver circuit block diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . 33  
Receiver operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33  
9.9.3  
9.2.2.1  
9.2.2.2  
9.9.3.1  
9.9.3.2  
9.9.3.3  
9.9.4  
9.10  
9.10.1  
9.10.2  
9.2.2.3  
9.2.3  
9.2.3.1  
9.2.3.2  
9.3  
9.3.1  
9.3.1.1  
9.3.2  
9.3.3  
9.3.4  
9.4  
9.4.1  
9.4.2  
9.4.2.1  
9.4.2.2  
9.4.3  
9.4.4  
9.10.2.1 Automatic Q-clock calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . 33  
9.10.2.2 Amplifier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34  
9.10.2.3 Correlation circuitry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35  
9.10.2.4 Evaluation and digitizer circuitry . . . . . . . . . . 35  
9.11  
9.11.1  
9.11.2  
9.11.2.1 Active antenna concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37  
9.11.2.2 Driving both RF parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38  
9.12  
9.13  
9.14  
Serial signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35  
Serial signal switch block diagram. . . . . . . . . 36  
Serial signal switch registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36  
MIFARE higher baud rates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38  
ISO/IEC 14443 B communication scheme. . . 39  
MIFARE authentication and Crypto1 . . . . . . . 40  
Crypto1 key handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40  
9.14.1  
continued >>  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
115 of 117  
 
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
9.14.2  
Authentication procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
10.5.5.4 CRCPresetLSB register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66  
10.5.5.5 CRCPresetMSB register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66  
10.5.5.6 PreSet25 register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66  
10.5.5.7 MFOUTSelect register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67  
10.5.5.8 PreSet27 register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67  
10  
10.1  
10.1.1  
10.1.2  
10.1.3  
10.2  
10.3  
10.4  
10.5  
10.5.1  
MFRC531 registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
Register addressing modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
Page registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
Dedicated address bus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
Multiplexed address bus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41  
Register bit behavior. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42  
Register overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43  
MFRC531 register flags overview. . . . . . . . . . 45  
Register descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48  
Page 0: Command and status . . . . . . . . . . . . 48  
10.5.6  
Page 5: FIFO, timer and IRQ  
pin configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68  
10.5.6.1 Page register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68  
10.5.6.2 FIFOLevel register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68  
10.5.6.3 TimerClock register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68  
10.5.6.4 TimerControl register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69  
10.5.6.5 TimerReload register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69  
10.5.6.6 IRQPinConfig register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
10.5.6.7 PreSet2E register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
10.5.6.8 PreSet2F register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
10.5.1.1 Page register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48  
10.5.1.2 Command register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48  
10.5.1.3 FIFOData register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49  
10.5.1.4 PrimaryStatus register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49  
10.5.1.5 FIFOLength register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50  
10.5.1.6 SecondaryStatus register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51  
10.5.1.7 InterruptEn register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51  
10.5.1.8 InterruptRq register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52  
10.5.7  
Page 6: reserved . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
10.5.7.1 Page register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
10.5.7.2 Reserved registers 31h, 32h, 33h, 34h,  
35h, 36h and 37h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70  
10.5.8  
Page 7: Test control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71  
10.5.2  
Page 1: Control and status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53  
10.5.8.1 Page register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71  
10.5.8.2 Reserved register 39h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71  
10.5.8.3 TestAnaSelect register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71  
10.5.8.4 Reserved register 3Bh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72  
10.5.8.5 Reserved register 3Ch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72  
10.5.8.6 TestDigiSelect register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72  
10.5.8.7 Reserved registers 3Eh, 3Fh . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73  
10.5.2.1 Page register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53  
10.5.2.2 Control register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53  
10.5.2.3 ErrorFlag register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53  
10.5.2.4 CollPos register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54  
10.5.2.5 TimerValue register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55  
10.5.2.6 CRCResultLSB register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55  
10.5.2.7 CRCResultMSB register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55  
10.5.2.8 BitFraming register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56  
11  
11.1  
11.1.1  
11.1.2  
11.1.3  
11.2  
MFRC531 command set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73  
MFRC531 command overview. . . . . . . . . . . . 73  
Basic states . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75  
StartUp command 3Fh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75  
Idle command 00h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75  
Commands for ISO/IEC 14443 A card  
10.5.3  
Page 2: Transmitter and control . . . . . . . . . . . 57  
10.5.3.1 Page register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57  
10.5.3.2 TxControl register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57  
10.5.3.3 CwConductance register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58  
10.5.3.4 ModConductance register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58  
10.5.3.5 CoderControl register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59  
10.5.3.6 ModWidth register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59  
10.5.3.7 PreSet16 register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59  
10.5.3.8 TypeBFraming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60  
communication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76  
Transmit command 1Ah. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76  
11.2.1  
11.2.1.1 Using the Transmit command . . . . . . . . . . . . 76  
11.2.1.2 RF channel redundancy and framing. . . . . . . 77  
11.2.1.3 Transmission of bit oriented frames. . . . . . . . 77  
11.2.1.4 Transmission of frames with more than  
10.5.4  
Page 3: Receiver and decoder control . . . . . . 61  
10.5.4.1 Page register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61  
10.5.4.2 RxControl1 register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61  
10.5.4.3 DecoderControl register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62  
10.5.4.4 BitPhase register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62  
10.5.4.5 RxThreshold register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63  
10.5.4.6 BPSKDemControl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63  
10.5.4.7 RxControl2 register. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64  
10.5.4.8 ClockQControl register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64  
64 bytes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77  
11.2.2  
Receive command 16h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79  
11.2.2.1 Using the Receive command. . . . . . . . . . . . . 79  
11.2.2.2 RF channel redundancy and framing. . . . . . . 79  
11.2.2.3 Collision detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80  
11.2.2.4 Receiving bit oriented frames . . . . . . . . . . . . 81  
11.2.2.5 Communication errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81  
10.5.5  
Page 4: RF Timing and channel redundancy . 65  
11.2.3  
11.2.4  
11.2.5  
11.3  
Transceive command 1Eh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82  
States of the card communication . . . . . . . . . 82  
Card communication state diagram . . . . . . . . 83  
EEPROM commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84  
10.5.5.1 Page register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65  
10.5.5.2 RxWait register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65  
10.5.5.3 ChannelRedundancy register . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65  
continued >>  
MFRC531  
All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014. All rights reserved.  
Product data sheet  
COMPANY PUBLIC  
Rev. 3.6 — 27 February 2014  
056636  
116 of 117  
MFRC531  
NXP Semiconductors  
Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution  
11.3.1  
WriteE2 command 01h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84  
15.2.3  
15.2.4  
Digital test signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104  
Examples of ISO/IEC 14443 A analog  
and digital test signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104  
11.3.1.1 Programming process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84  
11.3.1.2 Timing diagram. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85  
11.3.1.3 WriteE2 command error flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . 85  
16  
17  
18  
19  
Package outline. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106  
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107  
References. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107  
Revision history . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108  
11.3.2  
ReadE2 command 03h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86  
11.3.2.1 ReadE2 command error flags. . . . . . . . . . . . . 86  
11.4  
11.4.1  
Diverse commands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86  
LoadConfig command 07h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86  
20  
Legal information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109  
Data sheet status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109  
Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109  
Disclaimers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109  
Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110  
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110  
11.4.1.1 Register assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86  
11.4.1.2 Relevant LoadConfig command error flags . . 87  
20.1  
20.2  
20.3  
20.4  
20.5  
11.4.2  
CalcCRC command 12h. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87  
11.4.2.1 CRC coprocessor settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87  
11.4.2.2 CRC coprocessor status flags . . . . . . . . . . . . 87  
11.5  
11.6  
11.6.1  
Error handling during command execution. . . 88  
MIFARE security commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88  
LoadKeyE2 command 0Bh. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88  
21  
22  
23  
24  
Contact information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110  
Tables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111  
Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114  
Contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115  
11.6.1.1 Relevant LoadKeyE2 command error flags . . 88  
11.6.2 LoadKey command 19h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88  
11.6.2.1 Relevant LoadKey command error flags . . . . 89  
11.6.3  
11.6.4  
Authent1 command 0Ch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89  
Authent2 command 14h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89  
11.6.4.1 Authent2 command effects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90  
12  
Limiting values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90  
13  
13.1  
13.2  
13.3  
13.3.1  
13.3.2  
13.3.3  
13.4  
13.4.1  
13.4.2  
13.4.3  
13.4.4  
13.4.5  
Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90  
Operating condition range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90  
Current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91  
Pin characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91  
Input pin characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91  
Digital output pin characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . 92  
Antenna driver output pin characteristics . . . . 92  
AC electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93  
Separate read/write strobe bus timing . . . . . . 93  
Common read/write strobe bus timing . . . . . . 94  
EPP bus timing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95  
SPI timing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97  
Clock frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97  
14  
EEPROM characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98  
15  
15.1  
15.1.1  
15.1.2  
Application information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98  
Typical application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98  
Circuit diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98  
Circuit description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99  
15.1.2.1 EMC low-pass filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99  
15.1.2.2 Antenna matching. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99  
15.1.2.3 Receiver circuit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100  
15.1.2.4 Antenna coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100  
15.2  
15.2.1  
Test signals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101  
Measurements using the serial signal switch 101  
15.2.1.1 TX control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101  
15.2.1.2 RX control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102  
15.2.2  
Analog test signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103  
Please be aware that important notices concerning this document and the product(s)  
described herein, have been included in section ‘Legal information’.  
© NXP Semiconductors N.V. 2014.  
All rights reserved.  
For more information, please visit: http://www.nxp.com  
For sales office addresses, please send an email to: salesaddresses@nxp.com  
Date of release: 27 February 2014  
056636  

相关型号:

MFRC53101T/0FE,118

MFRC531 - Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution SOP 32-Pin
NXP

MFRC53101T0FE

Standard ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution
NXP

MFRC630

Contactless reader IC
NXP

MFRC63002HN

Contactless reader IC
NXP

MFRC63002HN,118

MFRC63002HN - High-performance MIFARE and NTAG frontend QFN 32-Pin
NXP

MFRC63002HN,151

MFRC63002HN - High-performance MIFARE and NTAG frontend QFN 32-Pin
NXP

MFRC63002HN,157

MFRC63002HN - High-performance MIFARE and NTAG frontend QFN 32-Pin
NXP

MFRC63002R

Contactless reader IC
NXP

MFRC63002T

Contactless reader IC
NXP

MFRC63002TRAYB

Contactless reader IC
NXP

MFRC63002TRAYBM

Contactless reader IC
NXP

MFRC631

High performance ISO/IEC 14443 A/B reader solution
NXP